1 //===--- SemaExprCXX.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions --------------===//
2 //
3 //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4 //
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7 //
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9 ///
10 /// \file
11 /// \brief Implements semantic analysis for C++ expressions.
12 ///
13 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
14 
15 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
16 #include "TreeTransform.h"
17 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h"
18 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
19 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/RecursiveASTVisitor.h"
26 #include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
27 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
28 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
29 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
30 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
31 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
32 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
33 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
34 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
35 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
36 #include "clang/Sema/SemaLambda.h"
37 #include "clang/Sema/TemplateDeduction.h"
38 #include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h"
39 #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
40 #include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
41 using namespace clang;
42 using namespace sema;
43 
44 /// \brief Handle the result of the special case name lookup for inheriting
45 /// constructor declarations. 'NS::X::X' and 'NS::X<...>::X' are treated as
46 /// constructor names in member using declarations, even if 'X' is not the
47 /// name of the corresponding type.
48 ParsedType Sema::getInheritingConstructorName(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
49                                               SourceLocation NameLoc,
50                                               IdentifierInfo &Name) {
51   NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = SS.getScopeRep();
52 
53   // Convert the nested-name-specifier into a type.
54   QualType Type;
55   switch (NNS->getKind()) {
56   case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
57   case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate:
58     Type = QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0);
59     break;
60 
61   case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
62     // Strip off the last layer of the nested-name-specifier and build a
63     // typename type for it.
64     assert(NNS->getAsIdentifier() == &Name && "not a constructor name");
65     Type = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS->getPrefix(),
66                                         NNS->getAsIdentifier());
67     break;
68 
69   case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
70   case NestedNameSpecifier::Super:
71   case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
72   case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias:
73     llvm_unreachable("Nested name specifier is not a type for inheriting ctor");
74   }
75 
76   // This reference to the type is located entirely at the location of the
77   // final identifier in the qualified-id.
78   return CreateParsedType(Type,
79                           Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Type, NameLoc));
80 }
81 
82 ParsedType Sema::getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc,
83                                    IdentifierInfo &II,
84                                    SourceLocation NameLoc,
85                                    Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
86                                    ParsedType ObjectTypePtr,
87                                    bool EnteringContext) {
88   // Determine where to perform name lookup.
89 
90   // FIXME: This area of the standard is very messy, and the current
91   // wording is rather unclear about which scopes we search for the
92   // destructor name; see core issues 399 and 555. Issue 399 in
93   // particular shows where the current description of destructor name
94   // lookup is completely out of line with existing practice, e.g.,
95   // this appears to be ill-formed:
96   //
97   //   namespace N {
98   //     template <typename T> struct S {
99   //       ~S();
100   //     };
101   //   }
102   //
103   //   void f(N::S<int>* s) {
104   //     s->N::S<int>::~S();
105   //   }
106   //
107   // See also PR6358 and PR6359.
108   // For this reason, we're currently only doing the C++03 version of this
109   // code; the C++0x version has to wait until we get a proper spec.
110   QualType SearchType;
111   DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr;
112   bool isDependent = false;
113   bool LookInScope = false;
114 
115   if (SS.isInvalid())
116     return nullptr;
117 
118   // If we have an object type, it's because we are in a
119   // pseudo-destructor-expression or a member access expression, and
120   // we know what type we're looking for.
121   if (ObjectTypePtr)
122     SearchType = GetTypeFromParser(ObjectTypePtr);
123 
124   if (SS.isSet()) {
125     NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = SS.getScopeRep();
126 
127     bool AlreadySearched = false;
128     bool LookAtPrefix = true;
129     // C++11 [basic.lookup.qual]p6:
130     //   If a pseudo-destructor-name (5.2.4) contains a nested-name-specifier,
131     //   the type-names are looked up as types in the scope designated by the
132     //   nested-name-specifier. Similarly, in a qualified-id of the form:
133     //
134     //     nested-name-specifier[opt] class-name :: ~ class-name
135     //
136     //   the second class-name is looked up in the same scope as the first.
137     //
138     // Here, we determine whether the code below is permitted to look at the
139     // prefix of the nested-name-specifier.
140     DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext);
141     if (DC && DC->isFileContext()) {
142       AlreadySearched = true;
143       LookupCtx = DC;
144       isDependent = false;
145     } else if (DC && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
146       LookAtPrefix = false;
147       LookInScope = true;
148     }
149 
150     // The second case from the C++03 rules quoted further above.
151     NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix = nullptr;
152     if (AlreadySearched) {
153       // Nothing left to do.
154     } else if (LookAtPrefix && (Prefix = NNS->getPrefix())) {
155       CXXScopeSpec PrefixSS;
156       PrefixSS.Adopt(NestedNameSpecifierLoc(Prefix, SS.location_data()));
157       LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(PrefixSS, EnteringContext);
158       isDependent = isDependentScopeSpecifier(PrefixSS);
159     } else if (ObjectTypePtr) {
160       LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SearchType);
161       isDependent = SearchType->isDependentType();
162     } else {
163       LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext);
164       isDependent = LookupCtx && LookupCtx->isDependentContext();
165     }
166   } else if (ObjectTypePtr) {
167     // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3:
168     //   If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up
169     //   in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T
170     //   of the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is
171     //   also looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the
172     //   lookups shall find a name that refers to (possibly
173     //   cv-qualified) T.
174     LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SearchType);
175     isDependent = SearchType->isDependentType();
176     assert((isDependent || !SearchType->isIncompleteType()) &&
177            "Caller should have completed object type");
178 
179     LookInScope = true;
180   } else {
181     // Perform lookup into the current scope (only).
182     LookInScope = true;
183   }
184 
185   TypeDecl *NonMatchingTypeDecl = nullptr;
186   LookupResult Found(*this, &II, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
187   for (unsigned Step = 0; Step != 2; ++Step) {
188     // Look for the name first in the computed lookup context (if we
189     // have one) and, if that fails to find a match, in the scope (if
190     // we're allowed to look there).
191     Found.clear();
192     if (Step == 0 && LookupCtx)
193       LookupQualifiedName(Found, LookupCtx);
194     else if (Step == 1 && LookInScope && S)
195       LookupName(Found, S);
196     else
197       continue;
198 
199     // FIXME: Should we be suppressing ambiguities here?
200     if (Found.isAmbiguous())
201       return nullptr;
202 
203     if (TypeDecl *Type = Found.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>()) {
204       QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
205       MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false);
206 
207       if (SearchType.isNull() || SearchType->isDependentType() ||
208           Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, SearchType)) {
209         // We found our type!
210 
211         return CreateParsedType(T,
212                                 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, NameLoc));
213       }
214 
215       if (!SearchType.isNull())
216         NonMatchingTypeDecl = Type;
217     }
218 
219     // If the name that we found is a class template name, and it is
220     // the same name as the template name in the last part of the
221     // nested-name-specifier (if present) or the object type, then
222     // this is the destructor for that class.
223     // FIXME: This is a workaround until we get real drafting for core
224     // issue 399, for which there isn't even an obvious direction.
225     if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Found.getAsSingle<ClassTemplateDecl>()) {
226       QualType MemberOfType;
227       if (SS.isSet()) {
228         if (DeclContext *Ctx = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext)) {
229           // Figure out the type of the context, if it has one.
230           if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
231             MemberOfType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
232         }
233       }
234       if (MemberOfType.isNull())
235         MemberOfType = SearchType;
236 
237       if (MemberOfType.isNull())
238         continue;
239 
240       // We're referring into a class template specialization. If the
241       // class template we found is the same as the template being
242       // specialized, we found what we are looking for.
243       if (const RecordType *Record = MemberOfType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
244         if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec
245               = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Record->getDecl())) {
246           if (Spec->getSpecializedTemplate()->getCanonicalDecl() ==
247                 Template->getCanonicalDecl())
248             return CreateParsedType(
249                 MemberOfType,
250                 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(MemberOfType, NameLoc));
251         }
252 
253         continue;
254       }
255 
256       // We're referring to an unresolved class template
257       // specialization. Determine whether we class template we found
258       // is the same as the template being specialized or, if we don't
259       // know which template is being specialized, that it at least
260       // has the same name.
261       if (const TemplateSpecializationType *SpecType
262             = MemberOfType->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) {
263         TemplateName SpecName = SpecType->getTemplateName();
264 
265         // The class template we found is the same template being
266         // specialized.
267         if (TemplateDecl *SpecTemplate = SpecName.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
268           if (SpecTemplate->getCanonicalDecl() == Template->getCanonicalDecl())
269             return CreateParsedType(
270                 MemberOfType,
271                 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(MemberOfType, NameLoc));
272 
273           continue;
274         }
275 
276         // The class template we found has the same name as the
277         // (dependent) template name being specialized.
278         if (DependentTemplateName *DepTemplate
279                                     = SpecName.getAsDependentTemplateName()) {
280           if (DepTemplate->isIdentifier() &&
281               DepTemplate->getIdentifier() == Template->getIdentifier())
282             return CreateParsedType(
283                 MemberOfType,
284                 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(MemberOfType, NameLoc));
285 
286           continue;
287         }
288       }
289     }
290   }
291 
292   if (isDependent) {
293     // We didn't find our type, but that's okay: it's dependent
294     // anyway.
295 
296     // FIXME: What if we have no nested-name-specifier?
297     QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(),
298                                    SS.getWithLocInContext(Context),
299                                    II, NameLoc);
300     return ParsedType::make(T);
301   }
302 
303   if (NonMatchingTypeDecl) {
304     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(NonMatchingTypeDecl);
305     Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_destructor_expr_type_mismatch)
306       << T << SearchType;
307     Diag(NonMatchingTypeDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_destructor_type_here)
308       << T;
309   } else if (ObjectTypePtr)
310     Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ident_in_dtor_not_a_type)
311       << &II;
312   else {
313     SemaDiagnosticBuilder DtorDiag = Diag(NameLoc,
314                                           diag::err_destructor_class_name);
315     if (S) {
316       const DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity();
317       if (const CXXRecordDecl *Class = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
318         DtorDiag << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NameLoc),
319                                                  Class->getNameAsString());
320     }
321   }
322 
323   return nullptr;
324 }
325 
326 ParsedType Sema::getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType) {
327     if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || !ObjectType)
328       return nullptr;
329     assert(DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_decltype
330            && "only get destructor types from declspecs");
331     QualType T = BuildDecltypeType(DS.getRepAsExpr(), DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
332     QualType SearchType = GetTypeFromParser(ObjectType);
333     if (SearchType->isDependentType() || Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(SearchType, T)) {
334       return ParsedType::make(T);
335     }
336 
337     Diag(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc(), diag::err_destructor_expr_type_mismatch)
338       << T << SearchType;
339     return nullptr;
340 }
341 
342 bool Sema::checkLiteralOperatorId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
343                                   const UnqualifiedId &Name) {
344   assert(Name.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId);
345 
346   if (!SS.isValid())
347     return false;
348 
349   switch (SS.getScopeRep()->getKind()) {
350   case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
351   case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
352   case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate:
353     // Per C++11 [over.literal]p2, literal operators can only be declared at
354     // namespace scope. Therefore, this unqualified-id cannot name anything.
355     // Reject it early, because we have no AST representation for this in the
356     // case where the scope is dependent.
357     Diag(Name.getLocStart(), diag::err_literal_operator_id_outside_namespace)
358       << SS.getScopeRep();
359     return true;
360 
361   case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
362   case NestedNameSpecifier::Super:
363   case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
364   case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias:
365     return false;
366   }
367 
368   llvm_unreachable("unknown nested name specifier kind");
369 }
370 
371 /// \brief Build a C++ typeid expression with a type operand.
372 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
373                                 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
374                                 TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
375                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
376   // C++ [expr.typeid]p4:
377   //   The top-level cv-qualifiers of the lvalue expression or the type-id
378   //   that is the operand of typeid are always ignored.
379   //   If the type of the type-id is a class type or a reference to a class
380   //   type, the class shall be completely-defined.
381   Qualifiers Quals;
382   QualType T
383     = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(Operand->getType().getNonReferenceType(),
384                                       Quals);
385   if (T->getAs<RecordType>() &&
386       RequireCompleteType(TypeidLoc, T, diag::err_incomplete_typeid))
387     return ExprError();
388 
389   if (T->isVariablyModifiedType())
390     return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_variably_modified_typeid) << T);
391 
392   return new (Context) CXXTypeidExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), Operand,
393                                      SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc));
394 }
395 
396 /// \brief Build a C++ typeid expression with an expression operand.
397 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
398                                 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
399                                 Expr *E,
400                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
401   bool WasEvaluated = false;
402   if (E && !E->isTypeDependent()) {
403     if (E->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) {
404       ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E);
405       if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
406       E = result.get();
407     }
408 
409     QualType T = E->getType();
410     if (const RecordType *RecordT = T->getAs<RecordType>()) {
411       CXXRecordDecl *RecordD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordT->getDecl());
412       // C++ [expr.typeid]p3:
413       //   [...] If the type of the expression is a class type, the class
414       //   shall be completely-defined.
415       if (RequireCompleteType(TypeidLoc, T, diag::err_incomplete_typeid))
416         return ExprError();
417 
418       // C++ [expr.typeid]p3:
419       //   When typeid is applied to an expression other than an glvalue of a
420       //   polymorphic class type [...] [the] expression is an unevaluated
421       //   operand. [...]
422       if (RecordD->isPolymorphic() && E->isGLValue()) {
423         // The subexpression is potentially evaluated; switch the context
424         // and recheck the subexpression.
425         ExprResult Result = TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(E);
426         if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
427         E = Result.get();
428 
429         // We require a vtable to query the type at run time.
430         MarkVTableUsed(TypeidLoc, RecordD);
431         WasEvaluated = true;
432       }
433     }
434 
435     // C++ [expr.typeid]p4:
436     //   [...] If the type of the type-id is a reference to a possibly
437     //   cv-qualified type, the result of the typeid expression refers to a
438     //   std::type_info object representing the cv-unqualified referenced
439     //   type.
440     Qualifiers Quals;
441     QualType UnqualT = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T, Quals);
442     if (!Context.hasSameType(T, UnqualT)) {
443       T = UnqualT;
444       E = ImpCastExprToType(E, UnqualT, CK_NoOp, E->getValueKind()).get();
445     }
446   }
447 
448   if (E->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
449     return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_variably_modified_typeid)
450                      << E->getType());
451   else if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() &&
452            E->HasSideEffects(Context, WasEvaluated)) {
453     // The expression operand for typeid is in an unevaluated expression
454     // context, so side effects could result in unintended consequences.
455     Diag(E->getExprLoc(), WasEvaluated
456                               ? diag::warn_side_effects_typeid
457                               : diag::warn_side_effects_unevaluated_context);
458   }
459 
460   return new (Context) CXXTypeidExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), E,
461                                      SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc));
462 }
463 
464 /// ActOnCXXTypeidOfType - Parse typeid( type-id ) or typeid (expression);
465 ExprResult
466 Sema::ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
467                      bool isType, void *TyOrExpr, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
468   // Find the std::type_info type.
469   if (!getStdNamespace())
470     return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_typeid));
471 
472   if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl) {
473     IdentifierInfo *TypeInfoII = &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("type_info");
474     LookupResult R(*this, TypeInfoII, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
475     LookupQualifiedName(R, getStdNamespace());
476     CXXTypeInfoDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>();
477     // Microsoft's typeinfo doesn't have type_info in std but in the global
478     // namespace if _HAS_EXCEPTIONS is defined to 0. See PR13153.
479     if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl && LangOpts.MSVCCompat) {
480       LookupQualifiedName(R, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
481       CXXTypeInfoDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>();
482     }
483     if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl)
484       return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_typeid));
485   }
486 
487   if (!getLangOpts().RTTI) {
488     return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_no_typeid_with_fno_rtti));
489   }
490 
491   QualType TypeInfoType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CXXTypeInfoDecl);
492 
493   if (isType) {
494     // The operand is a type; handle it as such.
495     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = nullptr;
496     QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrExpr),
497                                    &TInfo);
498     if (T.isNull())
499       return ExprError();
500 
501     if (!TInfo)
502       TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, OpLoc);
503 
504     return BuildCXXTypeId(TypeInfoType, OpLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc);
505   }
506 
507   // The operand is an expression.
508   return BuildCXXTypeId(TypeInfoType, OpLoc, (Expr*)TyOrExpr, RParenLoc);
509 }
510 
511 /// Grabs __declspec(uuid()) off a type, or returns 0 if we cannot resolve to
512 /// a single GUID.
513 static void
514 getUuidAttrOfType(Sema &SemaRef, QualType QT,
515                   llvm::SmallSetVector<const UuidAttr *, 1> &UuidAttrs) {
516   // Optionally remove one level of pointer, reference or array indirection.
517   const Type *Ty = QT.getTypePtr();
518   if (QT->isPointerType() || QT->isReferenceType())
519     Ty = QT->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
520   else if (QT->isArrayType())
521     Ty = Ty->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe();
522 
523   const auto *RD = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
524   if (!RD)
525     return;
526 
527   if (const auto *Uuid = RD->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UuidAttr>()) {
528     UuidAttrs.insert(Uuid);
529     return;
530   }
531 
532   // __uuidof can grab UUIDs from template arguments.
533   if (const auto *CTSD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD)) {
534     const TemplateArgumentList &TAL = CTSD->getTemplateArgs();
535     for (const TemplateArgument &TA : TAL.asArray()) {
536       const UuidAttr *UuidForTA = nullptr;
537       if (TA.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Type)
538         getUuidAttrOfType(SemaRef, TA.getAsType(), UuidAttrs);
539       else if (TA.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Declaration)
540         getUuidAttrOfType(SemaRef, TA.getAsDecl()->getType(), UuidAttrs);
541 
542       if (UuidForTA)
543         UuidAttrs.insert(UuidForTA);
544     }
545   }
546 }
547 
548 /// \brief Build a Microsoft __uuidof expression with a type operand.
549 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
550                                 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
551                                 TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
552                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
553   StringRef UuidStr;
554   if (!Operand->getType()->isDependentType()) {
555     llvm::SmallSetVector<const UuidAttr *, 1> UuidAttrs;
556     getUuidAttrOfType(*this, Operand->getType(), UuidAttrs);
557     if (UuidAttrs.empty())
558       return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_without_guid));
559     if (UuidAttrs.size() > 1)
560       return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_with_multiple_guids));
561     UuidStr = UuidAttrs.back()->getGuid();
562   }
563 
564   return new (Context) CXXUuidofExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), Operand, UuidStr,
565                                      SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc));
566 }
567 
568 /// \brief Build a Microsoft __uuidof expression with an expression operand.
569 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
570                                 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
571                                 Expr *E,
572                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
573   StringRef UuidStr;
574   if (!E->getType()->isDependentType()) {
575     if (E->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
576       UuidStr = "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000";
577     } else {
578       llvm::SmallSetVector<const UuidAttr *, 1> UuidAttrs;
579       getUuidAttrOfType(*this, E->getType(), UuidAttrs);
580       if (UuidAttrs.empty())
581         return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_without_guid));
582       if (UuidAttrs.size() > 1)
583         return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_with_multiple_guids));
584       UuidStr = UuidAttrs.back()->getGuid();
585     }
586   }
587 
588   return new (Context) CXXUuidofExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), E, UuidStr,
589                                      SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc));
590 }
591 
592 /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( type-id ) or __uuidof (expression);
593 ExprResult
594 Sema::ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
595                      bool isType, void *TyOrExpr, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
596   // If MSVCGuidDecl has not been cached, do the lookup.
597   if (!MSVCGuidDecl) {
598     IdentifierInfo *GuidII = &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("_GUID");
599     LookupResult R(*this, GuidII, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
600     LookupQualifiedName(R, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
601     MSVCGuidDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>();
602     if (!MSVCGuidDecl)
603       return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_ms_uuidof));
604   }
605 
606   QualType GuidType = Context.getTypeDeclType(MSVCGuidDecl);
607 
608   if (isType) {
609     // The operand is a type; handle it as such.
610     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = nullptr;
611     QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrExpr),
612                                    &TInfo);
613     if (T.isNull())
614       return ExprError();
615 
616     if (!TInfo)
617       TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, OpLoc);
618 
619     return BuildCXXUuidof(GuidType, OpLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc);
620   }
621 
622   // The operand is an expression.
623   return BuildCXXUuidof(GuidType, OpLoc, (Expr*)TyOrExpr, RParenLoc);
624 }
625 
626 /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals.
627 ExprResult
628 Sema::ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind) {
629   assert((Kind == tok::kw_true || Kind == tok::kw_false) &&
630          "Unknown C++ Boolean value!");
631   return new (Context)
632       CXXBoolLiteralExpr(Kind == tok::kw_true, Context.BoolTy, OpLoc);
633 }
634 
635 /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'.
636 ExprResult
637 Sema::ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc) {
638   return new (Context) CXXNullPtrLiteralExpr(Context.NullPtrTy, Loc);
639 }
640 
641 /// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions.
642 ExprResult
643 Sema::ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex) {
644   bool IsThrownVarInScope = false;
645   if (Ex) {
646     // C++0x [class.copymove]p31:
647     //   When certain criteria are met, an implementation is allowed to omit the
648     //   copy/move construction of a class object [...]
649     //
650     //     - in a throw-expression, when the operand is the name of a
651     //       non-volatile automatic object (other than a function or catch-
652     //       clause parameter) whose scope does not extend beyond the end of the
653     //       innermost enclosing try-block (if there is one), the copy/move
654     //       operation from the operand to the exception object (15.1) can be
655     //       omitted by constructing the automatic object directly into the
656     //       exception object
657     if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Ex->IgnoreParens()))
658       if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DRE->getDecl())) {
659         if (Var->hasLocalStorage() && !Var->getType().isVolatileQualified()) {
660           for( ; S; S = S->getParent()) {
661             if (S->isDeclScope(Var)) {
662               IsThrownVarInScope = true;
663               break;
664             }
665 
666             if (S->getFlags() &
667                 (Scope::FnScope | Scope::ClassScope | Scope::BlockScope |
668                  Scope::FunctionPrototypeScope | Scope::ObjCMethodScope |
669                  Scope::TryScope))
670               break;
671           }
672         }
673       }
674   }
675 
676   return BuildCXXThrow(OpLoc, Ex, IsThrownVarInScope);
677 }
678 
679 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex,
680                                bool IsThrownVarInScope) {
681   // Don't report an error if 'throw' is used in system headers.
682   if (!getLangOpts().CXXExceptions &&
683       !getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(OpLoc))
684     Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_exceptions_disabled) << "throw";
685 
686   // Exceptions aren't allowed in CUDA device code.
687   if (getLangOpts().CUDA)
688     CUDADiagIfDeviceCode(OpLoc, diag::err_cuda_device_exceptions)
689         << "throw" << CurrentCUDATarget();
690 
691   if (getCurScope() && getCurScope()->isOpenMPSimdDirectiveScope())
692     Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_omp_simd_region_cannot_use_stmt) << "throw";
693 
694   if (Ex && !Ex->isTypeDependent()) {
695     QualType ExceptionObjectTy = Context.getExceptionObjectType(Ex->getType());
696     if (CheckCXXThrowOperand(OpLoc, ExceptionObjectTy, Ex))
697       return ExprError();
698 
699     // Initialize the exception result.  This implicitly weeds out
700     // abstract types or types with inaccessible copy constructors.
701 
702     // C++0x [class.copymove]p31:
703     //   When certain criteria are met, an implementation is allowed to omit the
704     //   copy/move construction of a class object [...]
705     //
706     //     - in a throw-expression, when the operand is the name of a
707     //       non-volatile automatic object (other than a function or
708     //       catch-clause
709     //       parameter) whose scope does not extend beyond the end of the
710     //       innermost enclosing try-block (if there is one), the copy/move
711     //       operation from the operand to the exception object (15.1) can be
712     //       omitted by constructing the automatic object directly into the
713     //       exception object
714     const VarDecl *NRVOVariable = nullptr;
715     if (IsThrownVarInScope)
716       NRVOVariable = getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType(), Ex, false);
717 
718     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeException(
719         OpLoc, ExceptionObjectTy,
720         /*NRVO=*/NRVOVariable != nullptr);
721     ExprResult Res = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(
722         Entity, NRVOVariable, QualType(), Ex, IsThrownVarInScope);
723     if (Res.isInvalid())
724       return ExprError();
725     Ex = Res.get();
726   }
727 
728   return new (Context)
729       CXXThrowExpr(Ex, Context.VoidTy, OpLoc, IsThrownVarInScope);
730 }
731 
732 static void
733 collectPublicBases(CXXRecordDecl *RD,
734                    llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, unsigned> &SubobjectsSeen,
735                    llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<CXXRecordDecl *> &VBases,
736                    llvm::SetVector<CXXRecordDecl *> &PublicSubobjectsSeen,
737                    bool ParentIsPublic) {
738   for (const CXXBaseSpecifier &BS : RD->bases()) {
739     CXXRecordDecl *BaseDecl = BS.getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
740     bool NewSubobject;
741     // Virtual bases constitute the same subobject.  Non-virtual bases are
742     // always distinct subobjects.
743     if (BS.isVirtual())
744       NewSubobject = VBases.insert(BaseDecl).second;
745     else
746       NewSubobject = true;
747 
748     if (NewSubobject)
749       ++SubobjectsSeen[BaseDecl];
750 
751     // Only add subobjects which have public access throughout the entire chain.
752     bool PublicPath = ParentIsPublic && BS.getAccessSpecifier() == AS_public;
753     if (PublicPath)
754       PublicSubobjectsSeen.insert(BaseDecl);
755 
756     // Recurse on to each base subobject.
757     collectPublicBases(BaseDecl, SubobjectsSeen, VBases, PublicSubobjectsSeen,
758                        PublicPath);
759   }
760 }
761 
762 static void getUnambiguousPublicSubobjects(
763     CXXRecordDecl *RD, llvm::SmallVectorImpl<CXXRecordDecl *> &Objects) {
764   llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, unsigned> SubobjectsSeen;
765   llvm::SmallSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 2> VBases;
766   llvm::SetVector<CXXRecordDecl *> PublicSubobjectsSeen;
767   SubobjectsSeen[RD] = 1;
768   PublicSubobjectsSeen.insert(RD);
769   collectPublicBases(RD, SubobjectsSeen, VBases, PublicSubobjectsSeen,
770                      /*ParentIsPublic=*/true);
771 
772   for (CXXRecordDecl *PublicSubobject : PublicSubobjectsSeen) {
773     // Skip ambiguous objects.
774     if (SubobjectsSeen[PublicSubobject] > 1)
775       continue;
776 
777     Objects.push_back(PublicSubobject);
778   }
779 }
780 
781 /// CheckCXXThrowOperand - Validate the operand of a throw.
782 bool Sema::CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc,
783                                 QualType ExceptionObjectTy, Expr *E) {
784   //   If the type of the exception would be an incomplete type or a pointer
785   //   to an incomplete type other than (cv) void the program is ill-formed.
786   QualType Ty = ExceptionObjectTy;
787   bool isPointer = false;
788   if (const PointerType* Ptr = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()) {
789     Ty = Ptr->getPointeeType();
790     isPointer = true;
791   }
792   if (!isPointer || !Ty->isVoidType()) {
793     if (RequireCompleteType(ThrowLoc, Ty,
794                             isPointer ? diag::err_throw_incomplete_ptr
795                                       : diag::err_throw_incomplete,
796                             E->getSourceRange()))
797       return true;
798 
799     if (RequireNonAbstractType(ThrowLoc, ExceptionObjectTy,
800                                diag::err_throw_abstract_type, E))
801       return true;
802   }
803 
804   // If the exception has class type, we need additional handling.
805   CXXRecordDecl *RD = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
806   if (!RD)
807     return false;
808 
809   // If we are throwing a polymorphic class type or pointer thereof,
810   // exception handling will make use of the vtable.
811   MarkVTableUsed(ThrowLoc, RD);
812 
813   // If a pointer is thrown, the referenced object will not be destroyed.
814   if (isPointer)
815     return false;
816 
817   // If the class has a destructor, we must be able to call it.
818   if (!RD->hasIrrelevantDestructor()) {
819     if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = LookupDestructor(RD)) {
820       MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor);
821       CheckDestructorAccess(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor,
822                             PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_exception) << Ty);
823       if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, E->getExprLoc()))
824         return true;
825     }
826   }
827 
828   // The MSVC ABI creates a list of all types which can catch the exception
829   // object.  This list also references the appropriate copy constructor to call
830   // if the object is caught by value and has a non-trivial copy constructor.
831   if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) {
832     // We are only interested in the public, unambiguous bases contained within
833     // the exception object.  Bases which are ambiguous or otherwise
834     // inaccessible are not catchable types.
835     llvm::SmallVector<CXXRecordDecl *, 2> UnambiguousPublicSubobjects;
836     getUnambiguousPublicSubobjects(RD, UnambiguousPublicSubobjects);
837 
838     for (CXXRecordDecl *Subobject : UnambiguousPublicSubobjects) {
839       // Attempt to lookup the copy constructor.  Various pieces of machinery
840       // will spring into action, like template instantiation, which means this
841       // cannot be a simple walk of the class's decls.  Instead, we must perform
842       // lookup and overload resolution.
843       CXXConstructorDecl *CD = LookupCopyingConstructor(Subobject, 0);
844       if (!CD)
845         continue;
846 
847       // Mark the constructor referenced as it is used by this throw expression.
848       MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), CD);
849 
850       // Skip this copy constructor if it is trivial, we don't need to record it
851       // in the catchable type data.
852       if (CD->isTrivial())
853         continue;
854 
855       // The copy constructor is non-trivial, create a mapping from this class
856       // type to this constructor.
857       // N.B.  The selection of copy constructor is not sensitive to this
858       // particular throw-site.  Lookup will be performed at the catch-site to
859       // ensure that the copy constructor is, in fact, accessible (via
860       // friendship or any other means).
861       Context.addCopyConstructorForExceptionObject(Subobject, CD);
862 
863       // We don't keep the instantiated default argument expressions around so
864       // we must rebuild them here.
865       for (unsigned I = 1, E = CD->getNumParams(); I != E; ++I) {
866         if (CheckCXXDefaultArgExpr(ThrowLoc, CD, CD->getParamDecl(I)))
867           return true;
868       }
869     }
870   }
871 
872   return false;
873 }
874 
875 static QualType adjustCVQualifiersForCXXThisWithinLambda(
876     ArrayRef<FunctionScopeInfo *> FunctionScopes, QualType ThisTy,
877     DeclContext *CurSemaContext, ASTContext &ASTCtx) {
878 
879   QualType ClassType = ThisTy->getPointeeType();
880   LambdaScopeInfo *CurLSI = nullptr;
881   DeclContext *CurDC = CurSemaContext;
882 
883   // Iterate through the stack of lambdas starting from the innermost lambda to
884   // the outermost lambda, checking if '*this' is ever captured by copy - since
885   // that could change the cv-qualifiers of the '*this' object.
886   // The object referred to by '*this' starts out with the cv-qualifiers of its
887   // member function.  We then start with the innermost lambda and iterate
888   // outward checking to see if any lambda performs a by-copy capture of '*this'
889   // - and if so, any nested lambda must respect the 'constness' of that
890   // capturing lamdbda's call operator.
891   //
892 
893   // The issue is that we cannot rely entirely on the FunctionScopeInfo stack
894   // since ScopeInfos are pushed on during parsing and treetransforming. But
895   // since a generic lambda's call operator can be instantiated anywhere (even
896   // end of the TU) we need to be able to examine its enclosing lambdas and so
897   // we use the DeclContext to get a hold of the closure-class and query it for
898   // capture information.  The reason we don't just resort to always using the
899   // DeclContext chain is that it is only mature for lambda expressions
900   // enclosing generic lambda's call operators that are being instantiated.
901 
902   for (int I = FunctionScopes.size();
903        I-- && isa<LambdaScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[I]);
904        CurDC = getLambdaAwareParentOfDeclContext(CurDC)) {
905     CurLSI = cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[I]);
906 
907     if (!CurLSI->isCXXThisCaptured())
908         continue;
909 
910     auto C = CurLSI->getCXXThisCapture();
911 
912     if (C.isCopyCapture()) {
913       ClassType.removeLocalCVRQualifiers(Qualifiers::CVRMask);
914       if (CurLSI->CallOperator->isConst())
915         ClassType.addConst();
916       return ASTCtx.getPointerType(ClassType);
917     }
918   }
919   // We've run out of ScopeInfos but check if CurDC is a lambda (which can
920   // happen during instantiation of generic lambdas)
921   if (isLambdaCallOperator(CurDC)) {
922     assert(CurLSI);
923     assert(isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(CurLSI->CallOperator));
924     assert(CurDC == getLambdaAwareParentOfDeclContext(CurLSI->CallOperator));
925 
926     auto IsThisCaptured =
927         [](CXXRecordDecl *Closure, bool &IsByCopy, bool &IsConst) {
928       IsConst = false;
929       IsByCopy = false;
930       for (auto &&C : Closure->captures()) {
931         if (C.capturesThis()) {
932           if (C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_StarThis)
933             IsByCopy = true;
934           if (Closure->getLambdaCallOperator()->isConst())
935             IsConst = true;
936           return true;
937         }
938       }
939       return false;
940     };
941 
942     bool IsByCopyCapture = false;
943     bool IsConstCapture = false;
944     CXXRecordDecl *Closure = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurDC->getParent());
945     while (Closure &&
946            IsThisCaptured(Closure, IsByCopyCapture, IsConstCapture)) {
947       if (IsByCopyCapture) {
948         ClassType.removeLocalCVRQualifiers(Qualifiers::CVRMask);
949         if (IsConstCapture)
950           ClassType.addConst();
951         return ASTCtx.getPointerType(ClassType);
952       }
953       Closure = isLambdaCallOperator(Closure->getParent())
954                     ? cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Closure->getParent()->getParent())
955                     : nullptr;
956     }
957   }
958   return ASTCtx.getPointerType(ClassType);
959 }
960 
961 QualType Sema::getCurrentThisType() {
962   DeclContext *DC = getFunctionLevelDeclContext();
963   QualType ThisTy = CXXThisTypeOverride;
964 
965   if (CXXMethodDecl *method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)) {
966     if (method && method->isInstance())
967       ThisTy = method->getThisType(Context);
968   }
969 
970   if (ThisTy.isNull() && isLambdaCallOperator(CurContext) &&
971       !ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
972 
973     assert(isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) &&
974            "Trying to get 'this' type from static method?");
975 
976     // This is a lambda call operator that is being instantiated as a default
977     // initializer. DC must point to the enclosing class type, so we can recover
978     // the 'this' type from it.
979 
980     QualType ClassTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC));
981     // There are no cv-qualifiers for 'this' within default initializers,
982     // per [expr.prim.general]p4.
983     ThisTy = Context.getPointerType(ClassTy);
984   }
985 
986   // If we are within a lambda's call operator, the cv-qualifiers of 'this'
987   // might need to be adjusted if the lambda or any of its enclosing lambda's
988   // captures '*this' by copy.
989   if (!ThisTy.isNull() && isLambdaCallOperator(CurContext))
990     return adjustCVQualifiersForCXXThisWithinLambda(FunctionScopes, ThisTy,
991                                                     CurContext, Context);
992   return ThisTy;
993 }
994 
995 Sema::CXXThisScopeRAII::CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S,
996                                          Decl *ContextDecl,
997                                          unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals,
998                                          bool Enabled)
999   : S(S), OldCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride), Enabled(false)
1000 {
1001   if (!Enabled || !ContextDecl)
1002     return;
1003 
1004   CXXRecordDecl *Record = nullptr;
1005   if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(ContextDecl))
1006     Record = Template->getTemplatedDecl();
1007   else
1008     Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ContextDecl);
1009 
1010   // We care only for CVR qualifiers here, so cut everything else.
1011   CXXThisTypeQuals &= Qualifiers::FastMask;
1012   S.CXXThisTypeOverride
1013     = S.Context.getPointerType(
1014         S.Context.getRecordType(Record).withCVRQualifiers(CXXThisTypeQuals));
1015 
1016   this->Enabled = true;
1017 }
1018 
1019 
1020 Sema::CXXThisScopeRAII::~CXXThisScopeRAII() {
1021   if (Enabled) {
1022     S.CXXThisTypeOverride = OldCXXThisTypeOverride;
1023   }
1024 }
1025 
1026 static Expr *captureThis(Sema &S, ASTContext &Context, RecordDecl *RD,
1027                          QualType ThisTy, SourceLocation Loc,
1028                          const bool ByCopy) {
1029 
1030   QualType AdjustedThisTy = ThisTy;
1031   // The type of the corresponding data member (not a 'this' pointer if 'by
1032   // copy').
1033   QualType CaptureThisFieldTy = ThisTy;
1034   if (ByCopy) {
1035     // If we are capturing the object referred to by '*this' by copy, ignore any
1036     // cv qualifiers inherited from the type of the member function for the type
1037     // of the closure-type's corresponding data member and any use of 'this'.
1038     CaptureThisFieldTy = ThisTy->getPointeeType();
1039     CaptureThisFieldTy.removeLocalCVRQualifiers(Qualifiers::CVRMask);
1040     AdjustedThisTy = Context.getPointerType(CaptureThisFieldTy);
1041   }
1042 
1043   FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(
1044       Context, RD, Loc, Loc, nullptr, CaptureThisFieldTy,
1045       Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(CaptureThisFieldTy, Loc), nullptr, false,
1046       ICIS_NoInit);
1047 
1048   Field->setImplicit(true);
1049   Field->setAccess(AS_private);
1050   RD->addDecl(Field);
1051   Expr *This =
1052       new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, ThisTy, /*isImplicit*/ true);
1053   if (ByCopy) {
1054     Expr *StarThis =  S.CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(Loc,
1055                                       UO_Deref,
1056                                       This).get();
1057     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeLambdaCapture(
1058       nullptr, CaptureThisFieldTy, Loc);
1059     InitializationKind InitKind = InitializationKind::CreateDirect(Loc, Loc, Loc);
1060     InitializationSequence Init(S, Entity, InitKind, StarThis);
1061     ExprResult ER = Init.Perform(S, Entity, InitKind, StarThis);
1062     if (ER.isInvalid()) return nullptr;
1063     return ER.get();
1064   }
1065   return This;
1066 }
1067 
1068 bool Sema::CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, const bool Explicit,
1069     bool BuildAndDiagnose, const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt,
1070     const bool ByCopy) {
1071   // We don't need to capture this in an unevaluated context.
1072   if (isUnevaluatedContext() && !Explicit)
1073     return true;
1074 
1075   assert((!ByCopy || Explicit) && "cannot implicitly capture *this by value");
1076 
1077   const unsigned MaxFunctionScopesIndex = FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt ?
1078     *FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt : FunctionScopes.size() - 1;
1079 
1080   // Check that we can capture the *enclosing object* (referred to by '*this')
1081   // by the capturing-entity/closure (lambda/block/etc) at
1082   // MaxFunctionScopesIndex-deep on the FunctionScopes stack.
1083 
1084   // Note: The *enclosing object* can only be captured by-value by a
1085   // closure that is a lambda, using the explicit notation:
1086   //    [*this] { ... }.
1087   // Every other capture of the *enclosing object* results in its by-reference
1088   // capture.
1089 
1090   // For a closure 'L' (at MaxFunctionScopesIndex in the FunctionScopes
1091   // stack), we can capture the *enclosing object* only if:
1092   // - 'L' has an explicit byref or byval capture of the *enclosing object*
1093   // -  or, 'L' has an implicit capture.
1094   // AND
1095   //   -- there is no enclosing closure
1096   //   -- or, there is some enclosing closure 'E' that has already captured the
1097   //      *enclosing object*, and every intervening closure (if any) between 'E'
1098   //      and 'L' can implicitly capture the *enclosing object*.
1099   //   -- or, every enclosing closure can implicitly capture the
1100   //      *enclosing object*
1101 
1102 
1103   unsigned NumCapturingClosures = 0;
1104   for (unsigned idx = MaxFunctionScopesIndex; idx != 0; idx--) {
1105     if (CapturingScopeInfo *CSI =
1106             dyn_cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx])) {
1107       if (CSI->CXXThisCaptureIndex != 0) {
1108         // 'this' is already being captured; there isn't anything more to do.
1109         break;
1110       }
1111       LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI);
1112       if (LSI && isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(LSI->CallOperator)) {
1113         // This context can't implicitly capture 'this'; fail out.
1114         if (BuildAndDiagnose)
1115           Diag(Loc, diag::err_this_capture)
1116               << (Explicit && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex);
1117         return true;
1118       }
1119       if (CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref ||
1120           CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval ||
1121           CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_Block ||
1122           CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_CapturedRegion ||
1123           (Explicit && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex)) {
1124         // Regarding (Explicit && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex): only the first
1125         // iteration through can be an explicit capture, all enclosing closures,
1126         // if any, must perform implicit captures.
1127 
1128         // This closure can capture 'this'; continue looking upwards.
1129         NumCapturingClosures++;
1130         continue;
1131       }
1132       // This context can't implicitly capture 'this'; fail out.
1133       if (BuildAndDiagnose)
1134         Diag(Loc, diag::err_this_capture)
1135             << (Explicit && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex);
1136       return true;
1137     }
1138     break;
1139   }
1140   if (!BuildAndDiagnose) return false;
1141 
1142   // If we got here, then the closure at MaxFunctionScopesIndex on the
1143   // FunctionScopes stack, can capture the *enclosing object*, so capture it
1144   // (including implicit by-reference captures in any enclosing closures).
1145 
1146   // In the loop below, respect the ByCopy flag only for the closure requesting
1147   // the capture (i.e. first iteration through the loop below).  Ignore it for
1148   // all enclosing closure's up to NumCapturingClosures (since they must be
1149   // implicitly capturing the *enclosing  object* by reference (see loop
1150   // above)).
1151   assert((!ByCopy ||
1152           dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[MaxFunctionScopesIndex])) &&
1153          "Only a lambda can capture the enclosing object (referred to by "
1154          "*this) by copy");
1155   // FIXME: We need to delay this marking in PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated
1156   // contexts.
1157   QualType ThisTy = getCurrentThisType();
1158   for (unsigned idx = MaxFunctionScopesIndex; NumCapturingClosures;
1159       --idx, --NumCapturingClosures) {
1160     CapturingScopeInfo *CSI = cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx]);
1161     Expr *ThisExpr = nullptr;
1162 
1163     if (LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI)) {
1164       // For lambda expressions, build a field and an initializing expression,
1165       // and capture the *enclosing object* by copy only if this is the first
1166       // iteration.
1167       ThisExpr = captureThis(*this, Context, LSI->Lambda, ThisTy, Loc,
1168                              ByCopy && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex);
1169 
1170     } else if (CapturedRegionScopeInfo *RSI
1171         = dyn_cast<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx]))
1172       ThisExpr =
1173           captureThis(*this, Context, RSI->TheRecordDecl, ThisTy, Loc,
1174                       false/*ByCopy*/);
1175 
1176     bool isNested = NumCapturingClosures > 1;
1177     CSI->addThisCapture(isNested, Loc, ThisExpr, ByCopy);
1178   }
1179   return false;
1180 }
1181 
1182 ExprResult Sema::ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation Loc) {
1183   /// C++ 9.3.2: In the body of a non-static member function, the keyword this
1184   /// is a non-lvalue expression whose value is the address of the object for
1185   /// which the function is called.
1186 
1187   QualType ThisTy = getCurrentThisType();
1188   if (ThisTy.isNull()) return Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_this_use);
1189 
1190   CheckCXXThisCapture(Loc);
1191   return new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, ThisTy, /*isImplicit=*/false);
1192 }
1193 
1194 bool Sema::isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType) {
1195   // If we're outside the body of a member function, then we'll have a specified
1196   // type for 'this'.
1197   if (CXXThisTypeOverride.isNull())
1198     return false;
1199 
1200   // Determine whether we're looking into a class that's currently being
1201   // defined.
1202   CXXRecordDecl *Class = BaseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
1203   return Class && Class->isBeingDefined();
1204 }
1205 
1206 ExprResult
1207 Sema::ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep,
1208                                 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
1209                                 MultiExprArg exprs,
1210                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
1211   if (!TypeRep)
1212     return ExprError();
1213 
1214   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
1215   QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(TypeRep, &TInfo);
1216   if (!TInfo)
1217     TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Ty, SourceLocation());
1218 
1219   // Handle errors like: int({0})
1220   if (exprs.size() == 1 && !canInitializeWithParenthesizedList(Ty) &&
1221       LParenLoc.isValid() && RParenLoc.isValid())
1222     if (auto IList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(exprs[0])) {
1223       Diag(TInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocStart(), diag::err_list_init_in_parens)
1224           << Ty << IList->getSourceRange()
1225           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(LParenLoc)
1226           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RParenLoc);
1227       LParenLoc = RParenLoc = SourceLocation();
1228     }
1229 
1230   auto Result = BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TInfo, LParenLoc, exprs, RParenLoc);
1231   // Avoid creating a non-type-dependent expression that contains typos.
1232   // Non-type-dependent expressions are liable to be discarded without
1233   // checking for embedded typos.
1234   if (!Result.isInvalid() && Result.get()->isInstantiationDependent() &&
1235       !Result.get()->isTypeDependent())
1236     Result = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Result.get());
1237   return Result;
1238 }
1239 
1240 /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type.
1241 /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)")
1242 /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)")
1243 /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()").
1244 ExprResult
1245 Sema::BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1246                                 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
1247                                 MultiExprArg Exprs,
1248                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
1249   QualType Ty = TInfo->getType();
1250   SourceLocation TyBeginLoc = TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
1251 
1252   if (Ty->isDependentType() || CallExpr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Exprs)) {
1253     return CXXUnresolvedConstructExpr::Create(Context, TInfo, LParenLoc, Exprs,
1254                                               RParenLoc);
1255   }
1256 
1257   bool ListInitialization = LParenLoc.isInvalid();
1258   assert((!ListInitialization || (Exprs.size() == 1 && isa<InitListExpr>(Exprs[0])))
1259          && "List initialization must have initializer list as expression.");
1260   SourceRange FullRange = SourceRange(TyBeginLoc,
1261       ListInitialization ? Exprs[0]->getSourceRange().getEnd() : RParenLoc);
1262 
1263   // C++ [expr.type.conv]p1:
1264   // If the expression list is a single expression, the type conversion
1265   // expression is equivalent (in definedness, and if defined in meaning) to the
1266   // corresponding cast expression.
1267   if (Exprs.size() == 1 && !ListInitialization) {
1268     Expr *Arg = Exprs[0];
1269     return BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TInfo, LParenLoc, Arg, RParenLoc);
1270   }
1271 
1272   // C++14 [expr.type.conv]p2: The expression T(), where T is a
1273   //   simple-type-specifier or typename-specifier for a non-array complete
1274   //   object type or the (possibly cv-qualified) void type, creates a prvalue
1275   //   of the specified type, whose value is that produced by value-initializing
1276   //   an object of type T.
1277   QualType ElemTy = Ty;
1278   if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
1279     if (!ListInitialization)
1280       return ExprError(Diag(TyBeginLoc,
1281                             diag::err_value_init_for_array_type) << FullRange);
1282     ElemTy = Context.getBaseElementType(Ty);
1283   }
1284 
1285   if (!ListInitialization && Ty->isFunctionType())
1286     return ExprError(Diag(TyBeginLoc, diag::err_value_init_for_function_type)
1287                      << FullRange);
1288 
1289   if (!Ty->isVoidType() &&
1290       RequireCompleteType(TyBeginLoc, ElemTy,
1291                           diag::err_invalid_incomplete_type_use, FullRange))
1292     return ExprError();
1293 
1294   if (RequireNonAbstractType(TyBeginLoc, Ty,
1295                              diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type))
1296     return ExprError();
1297 
1298   InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TInfo);
1299   InitializationKind Kind =
1300       Exprs.size() ? ListInitialization
1301       ? InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(TyBeginLoc)
1302       : InitializationKind::CreateDirect(TyBeginLoc, LParenLoc, RParenLoc)
1303       : InitializationKind::CreateValue(TyBeginLoc, LParenLoc, RParenLoc);
1304   InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Exprs);
1305   ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Exprs);
1306 
1307   if (Result.isInvalid() || !ListInitialization)
1308     return Result;
1309 
1310   Expr *Inner = Result.get();
1311   if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *BTE = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(Inner))
1312     Inner = BTE->getSubExpr();
1313   if (!isa<CXXTemporaryObjectExpr>(Inner)) {
1314     // If we created a CXXTemporaryObjectExpr, that node also represents the
1315     // functional cast. Otherwise, create an explicit cast to represent
1316     // the syntactic form of a functional-style cast that was used here.
1317     //
1318     // FIXME: Creating a CXXFunctionalCastExpr around a CXXConstructExpr
1319     // would give a more consistent AST representation than using a
1320     // CXXTemporaryObjectExpr. It's also weird that the functional cast
1321     // is sometimes handled by initialization and sometimes not.
1322     QualType ResultType = Result.get()->getType();
1323     Result = CXXFunctionalCastExpr::Create(
1324         Context, ResultType, Expr::getValueKindForType(TInfo->getType()), TInfo,
1325         CK_NoOp, Result.get(), /*Path=*/nullptr, LParenLoc, RParenLoc);
1326   }
1327 
1328   return Result;
1329 }
1330 
1331 /// \brief Determine whether the given function is a non-placement
1332 /// deallocation function.
1333 static bool isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) {
1334   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
1335     return false;
1336 
1337   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
1338     return Method->isUsualDeallocationFunction();
1339 
1340   if (FD->getOverloadedOperator() != OO_Delete &&
1341       FD->getOverloadedOperator() != OO_Array_Delete)
1342     return false;
1343 
1344   unsigned UsualParams = 1;
1345 
1346   if (S.getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation && UsualParams < FD->getNumParams() &&
1347       S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(
1348           FD->getParamDecl(UsualParams)->getType(),
1349           S.Context.getSizeType()))
1350     ++UsualParams;
1351 
1352   if (S.getLangOpts().AlignedAllocation && UsualParams < FD->getNumParams() &&
1353       S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(
1354           FD->getParamDecl(UsualParams)->getType(),
1355           S.Context.getTypeDeclType(S.getStdAlignValT())))
1356     ++UsualParams;
1357 
1358   return UsualParams == FD->getNumParams();
1359 }
1360 
1361 namespace {
1362   struct UsualDeallocFnInfo {
1363     UsualDeallocFnInfo() : Found(), FD(nullptr) {}
1364     UsualDeallocFnInfo(Sema &S, DeclAccessPair Found)
1365         : Found(Found), FD(dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Found->getUnderlyingDecl())),
1366           HasSizeT(false), HasAlignValT(false), CUDAPref(Sema::CFP_Native) {
1367       // A function template declaration is never a usual deallocation function.
1368       if (!FD)
1369         return;
1370       if (FD->getNumParams() == 3)
1371         HasAlignValT = HasSizeT = true;
1372       else if (FD->getNumParams() == 2) {
1373         HasSizeT = FD->getParamDecl(1)->getType()->isIntegerType();
1374         HasAlignValT = !HasSizeT;
1375       }
1376 
1377       // In CUDA, determine how much we'd like / dislike to call this.
1378       if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA)
1379         if (auto *Caller = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(S.CurContext))
1380           CUDAPref = S.IdentifyCUDAPreference(Caller, FD);
1381     }
1382 
1383     operator bool() const { return FD; }
1384 
1385     bool isBetterThan(const UsualDeallocFnInfo &Other, bool WantSize,
1386                       bool WantAlign) const {
1387       // C++17 [expr.delete]p10:
1388       //   If the type has new-extended alignment, a function with a parameter
1389       //   of type std::align_val_t is preferred; otherwise a function without
1390       //   such a parameter is preferred
1391       if (HasAlignValT != Other.HasAlignValT)
1392         return HasAlignValT == WantAlign;
1393 
1394       if (HasSizeT != Other.HasSizeT)
1395         return HasSizeT == WantSize;
1396 
1397       // Use CUDA call preference as a tiebreaker.
1398       return CUDAPref > Other.CUDAPref;
1399     }
1400 
1401     DeclAccessPair Found;
1402     FunctionDecl *FD;
1403     bool HasSizeT, HasAlignValT;
1404     Sema::CUDAFunctionPreference CUDAPref;
1405   };
1406 }
1407 
1408 /// Determine whether a type has new-extended alignment. This may be called when
1409 /// the type is incomplete (for a delete-expression with an incomplete pointee
1410 /// type), in which case it will conservatively return false if the alignment is
1411 /// not known.
1412 static bool hasNewExtendedAlignment(Sema &S, QualType AllocType) {
1413   return S.getLangOpts().AlignedAllocation &&
1414          S.getASTContext().getTypeAlignIfKnown(AllocType) >
1415              S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().getNewAlign();
1416 }
1417 
1418 /// Select the correct "usual" deallocation function to use from a selection of
1419 /// deallocation functions (either global or class-scope).
1420 static UsualDeallocFnInfo resolveDeallocationOverload(
1421     Sema &S, LookupResult &R, bool WantSize, bool WantAlign,
1422     llvm::SmallVectorImpl<UsualDeallocFnInfo> *BestFns = nullptr) {
1423   UsualDeallocFnInfo Best;
1424 
1425   for (auto I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
1426     UsualDeallocFnInfo Info(S, I.getPair());
1427     if (!Info || !isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(S, Info.FD) ||
1428         Info.CUDAPref == Sema::CFP_Never)
1429       continue;
1430 
1431     if (!Best) {
1432       Best = Info;
1433       if (BestFns)
1434         BestFns->push_back(Info);
1435       continue;
1436     }
1437 
1438     if (Best.isBetterThan(Info, WantSize, WantAlign))
1439       continue;
1440 
1441     //   If more than one preferred function is found, all non-preferred
1442     //   functions are eliminated from further consideration.
1443     if (BestFns && Info.isBetterThan(Best, WantSize, WantAlign))
1444       BestFns->clear();
1445 
1446     Best = Info;
1447     if (BestFns)
1448       BestFns->push_back(Info);
1449   }
1450 
1451   return Best;
1452 }
1453 
1454 /// Determine whether a given type is a class for which 'delete[]' would call
1455 /// a member 'operator delete[]' with a 'size_t' parameter. This implies that
1456 /// we need to store the array size (even if the type is
1457 /// trivially-destructible).
1458 static bool doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(Sema &S, SourceLocation loc,
1459                                          QualType allocType) {
1460   const RecordType *record =
1461     allocType->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAs<RecordType>();
1462   if (!record) return false;
1463 
1464   // Try to find an operator delete[] in class scope.
1465 
1466   DeclarationName deleteName =
1467     S.Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_Delete);
1468   LookupResult ops(S, deleteName, loc, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
1469   S.LookupQualifiedName(ops, record->getDecl());
1470 
1471   // We're just doing this for information.
1472   ops.suppressDiagnostics();
1473 
1474   // Very likely: there's no operator delete[].
1475   if (ops.empty()) return false;
1476 
1477   // If it's ambiguous, it should be illegal to call operator delete[]
1478   // on this thing, so it doesn't matter if we allocate extra space or not.
1479   if (ops.isAmbiguous()) return false;
1480 
1481   // C++17 [expr.delete]p10:
1482   //   If the deallocation functions have class scope, the one without a
1483   //   parameter of type std::size_t is selected.
1484   auto Best = resolveDeallocationOverload(
1485       S, ops, /*WantSize*/false,
1486       /*WantAlign*/hasNewExtendedAlignment(S, allocType));
1487   return Best && Best.HasSizeT;
1488 }
1489 
1490 /// \brief Parsed a C++ 'new' expression (C++ 5.3.4).
1491 ///
1492 /// E.g.:
1493 /// @code new (memory) int[size][4] @endcode
1494 /// or
1495 /// @code ::new Foo(23, "hello") @endcode
1496 ///
1497 /// \param StartLoc The first location of the expression.
1498 /// \param UseGlobal True if 'new' was prefixed with '::'.
1499 /// \param PlacementLParen Opening paren of the placement arguments.
1500 /// \param PlacementArgs Placement new arguments.
1501 /// \param PlacementRParen Closing paren of the placement arguments.
1502 /// \param TypeIdParens If the type is in parens, the source range.
1503 /// \param D The type to be allocated, as well as array dimensions.
1504 /// \param Initializer The initializing expression or initializer-list, or null
1505 ///   if there is none.
1506 ExprResult
1507 Sema::ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal,
1508                   SourceLocation PlacementLParen, MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
1509                   SourceLocation PlacementRParen, SourceRange TypeIdParens,
1510                   Declarator &D, Expr *Initializer) {
1511   bool TypeContainsAuto = D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType();
1512 
1513   Expr *ArraySize = nullptr;
1514   // If the specified type is an array, unwrap it and save the expression.
1515   if (D.getNumTypeObjects() > 0 &&
1516       D.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Array) {
1517      DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(0);
1518     if (TypeContainsAuto)
1519       return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_new_array_of_auto)
1520         << D.getSourceRange());
1521     if (Chunk.Arr.hasStatic)
1522       return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_static_illegal_in_new)
1523         << D.getSourceRange());
1524     if (!Chunk.Arr.NumElts)
1525       return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_array_new_needs_size)
1526         << D.getSourceRange());
1527 
1528     ArraySize = static_cast<Expr*>(Chunk.Arr.NumElts);
1529     D.DropFirstTypeObject();
1530   }
1531 
1532   // Every dimension shall be of constant size.
1533   if (ArraySize) {
1534     for (unsigned I = 0, N = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I < N; ++I) {
1535       if (D.getTypeObject(I).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Array)
1536         break;
1537 
1538       DeclaratorChunk::ArrayTypeInfo &Array = D.getTypeObject(I).Arr;
1539       if (Expr *NumElts = (Expr *)Array.NumElts) {
1540         if (!NumElts->isTypeDependent() && !NumElts->isValueDependent()) {
1541           if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) {
1542 	    // C++1y [expr.new]p6: Every constant-expression in a noptr-new-declarator
1543 	    //   shall be a converted constant expression (5.19) of type std::size_t
1544 	    //   and shall evaluate to a strictly positive value.
1545             unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
1546             assert(IntWidth && "Builtin type of size 0?");
1547             llvm::APSInt Value(IntWidth);
1548             Array.NumElts
1549              = CheckConvertedConstantExpression(NumElts, Context.getSizeType(), Value,
1550                                                 CCEK_NewExpr)
1551                  .get();
1552           } else {
1553             Array.NumElts
1554               = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(NumElts, nullptr,
1555                                                 diag::err_new_array_nonconst)
1556                   .get();
1557           }
1558           if (!Array.NumElts)
1559             return ExprError();
1560         }
1561       }
1562     }
1563   }
1564 
1565   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, /*Scope=*/nullptr);
1566   QualType AllocType = TInfo->getType();
1567   if (D.isInvalidType())
1568     return ExprError();
1569 
1570   SourceRange DirectInitRange;
1571   if (ParenListExpr *List = dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Initializer)) {
1572     DirectInitRange = List->getSourceRange();
1573     // Handle errors like: new int a({0})
1574     if (List->getNumExprs() == 1 &&
1575         !canInitializeWithParenthesizedList(AllocType))
1576       if (auto IList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(List->getExpr(0))) {
1577         Diag(TInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocStart(), diag::err_list_init_in_parens)
1578             << AllocType << List->getSourceRange()
1579             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(List->getLocStart())
1580             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(List->getLocEnd());
1581         DirectInitRange = SourceRange();
1582         Initializer = IList;
1583       }
1584   }
1585 
1586   return BuildCXXNew(SourceRange(StartLoc, D.getLocEnd()), UseGlobal,
1587                      PlacementLParen,
1588                      PlacementArgs,
1589                      PlacementRParen,
1590                      TypeIdParens,
1591                      AllocType,
1592                      TInfo,
1593                      ArraySize,
1594                      DirectInitRange,
1595                      Initializer,
1596                      TypeContainsAuto);
1597 }
1598 
1599 static bool isLegalArrayNewInitializer(CXXNewExpr::InitializationStyle Style,
1600                                        Expr *Init) {
1601   if (!Init)
1602     return true;
1603   if (ParenListExpr *PLE = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init))
1604     return PLE->getNumExprs() == 0;
1605   if (isa<ImplicitValueInitExpr>(Init))
1606     return true;
1607   else if (CXXConstructExpr *CCE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init))
1608     return !CCE->isListInitialization() &&
1609            CCE->getConstructor()->isDefaultConstructor();
1610   else if (Style == CXXNewExpr::ListInit) {
1611     assert(isa<InitListExpr>(Init) &&
1612            "Shouldn't create list CXXConstructExprs for arrays.");
1613     return true;
1614   }
1615   return false;
1616 }
1617 
1618 ExprResult
1619 Sema::BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal,
1620                   SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
1621                   MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
1622                   SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
1623                   SourceRange TypeIdParens,
1624                   QualType AllocType,
1625                   TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo,
1626                   Expr *ArraySize,
1627                   SourceRange DirectInitRange,
1628                   Expr *Initializer,
1629                   bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
1630   SourceRange TypeRange = AllocTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
1631   SourceLocation StartLoc = Range.getBegin();
1632 
1633   CXXNewExpr::InitializationStyle initStyle;
1634   if (DirectInitRange.isValid()) {
1635     assert(Initializer && "Have parens but no initializer.");
1636     initStyle = CXXNewExpr::CallInit;
1637   } else if (Initializer && isa<InitListExpr>(Initializer))
1638     initStyle = CXXNewExpr::ListInit;
1639   else {
1640     assert((!Initializer || isa<ImplicitValueInitExpr>(Initializer) ||
1641             isa<CXXConstructExpr>(Initializer)) &&
1642            "Initializer expression that cannot have been implicitly created.");
1643     initStyle = CXXNewExpr::NoInit;
1644   }
1645 
1646   Expr **Inits = &Initializer;
1647   unsigned NumInits = Initializer ? 1 : 0;
1648   if (ParenListExpr *List = dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Initializer)) {
1649     assert(initStyle == CXXNewExpr::CallInit && "paren init for non-call init");
1650     Inits = List->getExprs();
1651     NumInits = List->getNumExprs();
1652   }
1653 
1654   // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for.
1655   if (TypeMayContainAuto && AllocType->isUndeducedType()) {
1656     if (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::NoInit || NumInits == 0)
1657       return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_auto_new_requires_ctor_arg)
1658                        << AllocType << TypeRange);
1659     if (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit ||
1660         (NumInits == 1 && isa<InitListExpr>(Inits[0])))
1661       return ExprError(Diag(Inits[0]->getLocStart(),
1662                             diag::err_auto_new_list_init)
1663                        << AllocType << TypeRange);
1664     if (NumInits > 1) {
1665       Expr *FirstBad = Inits[1];
1666       return ExprError(Diag(FirstBad->getLocStart(),
1667                             diag::err_auto_new_ctor_multiple_expressions)
1668                        << AllocType << TypeRange);
1669     }
1670     Expr *Deduce = Inits[0];
1671     QualType DeducedType;
1672     if (DeduceAutoType(AllocTypeInfo, Deduce, DeducedType) == DAR_Failed)
1673       return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_auto_new_deduction_failure)
1674                        << AllocType << Deduce->getType()
1675                        << TypeRange << Deduce->getSourceRange());
1676     if (DeducedType.isNull())
1677       return ExprError();
1678     AllocType = DeducedType;
1679   }
1680 
1681   // Per C++0x [expr.new]p5, the type being constructed may be a
1682   // typedef of an array type.
1683   if (!ArraySize) {
1684     if (const ConstantArrayType *Array
1685                               = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(AllocType)) {
1686       ArraySize = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Array->getSize(),
1687                                          Context.getSizeType(),
1688                                          TypeRange.getEnd());
1689       AllocType = Array->getElementType();
1690     }
1691   }
1692 
1693   if (CheckAllocatedType(AllocType, TypeRange.getBegin(), TypeRange))
1694     return ExprError();
1695 
1696   if (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit &&
1697       isStdInitializerList(AllocType, nullptr)) {
1698     Diag(AllocTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
1699          diag::warn_dangling_std_initializer_list)
1700         << /*at end of FE*/0 << Inits[0]->getSourceRange();
1701   }
1702 
1703   // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for the allocated
1704   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
1705       AllocType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
1706       AllocType->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
1707     AllocType = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(AllocType,
1708                                     AllocType->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime());
1709   }
1710 
1711   QualType ResultType = Context.getPointerType(AllocType);
1712 
1713   if (ArraySize && ArraySize->getType()->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType()) {
1714     ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(ArraySize);
1715     if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
1716     ArraySize = result.get();
1717   }
1718   // C++98 5.3.4p6: "The expression in a direct-new-declarator shall have
1719   //   integral or enumeration type with a non-negative value."
1720   // C++11 [expr.new]p6: The expression [...] shall be of integral or unscoped
1721   //   enumeration type, or a class type for which a single non-explicit
1722   //   conversion function to integral or unscoped enumeration type exists.
1723   // C++1y [expr.new]p6: The expression [...] is implicitly converted to
1724   //   std::size_t.
1725   llvm::Optional<uint64_t> KnownArraySize;
1726   if (ArraySize && !ArraySize->isTypeDependent()) {
1727     ExprResult ConvertedSize;
1728     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) {
1729       assert(Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth() && "Builtin type of size 0?");
1730 
1731       ConvertedSize = PerformImplicitConversion(ArraySize, Context.getSizeType(),
1732 						AA_Converting);
1733 
1734       if (!ConvertedSize.isInvalid() &&
1735           ArraySize->getType()->getAs<RecordType>())
1736         // Diagnose the compatibility of this conversion.
1737         Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_cxx98_compat_array_size_conversion)
1738           << ArraySize->getType() << 0 << "'size_t'";
1739     } else {
1740       class SizeConvertDiagnoser : public ICEConvertDiagnoser {
1741       protected:
1742         Expr *ArraySize;
1743 
1744       public:
1745         SizeConvertDiagnoser(Expr *ArraySize)
1746             : ICEConvertDiagnoser(/*AllowScopedEnumerations*/false, false, false),
1747               ArraySize(ArraySize) {}
1748 
1749         SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
1750                                              QualType T) override {
1751           return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_not_integral)
1752                    << S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 << T;
1753         }
1754 
1755         SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(
1756             Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
1757           return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_incomplete_type)
1758                    << T << ArraySize->getSourceRange();
1759         }
1760 
1761         SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(
1762             Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) override {
1763           return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_explicit_conversion) << T << ConvTy;
1764         }
1765 
1766         SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteExplicitConv(
1767             Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) override {
1768           return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_array_size_conversion)
1769                    << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy;
1770         }
1771 
1772         SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(
1773             Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
1774           return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_ambiguous_conversion) << T;
1775         }
1776 
1777         SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(
1778             Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) override {
1779           return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_array_size_conversion)
1780                    << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy;
1781         }
1782 
1783         SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
1784                                                  QualType T,
1785                                                  QualType ConvTy) override {
1786           return S.Diag(Loc,
1787                         S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
1788                           ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_array_size_conversion
1789                           : diag::ext_array_size_conversion)
1790                    << T << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy;
1791         }
1792       } SizeDiagnoser(ArraySize);
1793 
1794       ConvertedSize = PerformContextualImplicitConversion(StartLoc, ArraySize,
1795                                                           SizeDiagnoser);
1796     }
1797     if (ConvertedSize.isInvalid())
1798       return ExprError();
1799 
1800     ArraySize = ConvertedSize.get();
1801     QualType SizeType = ArraySize->getType();
1802 
1803     if (!SizeType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType())
1804       return ExprError();
1805 
1806     // C++98 [expr.new]p7:
1807     //   The expression in a direct-new-declarator shall have integral type
1808     //   with a non-negative value.
1809     //
1810     // Let's see if this is a constant < 0. If so, we reject it out of hand,
1811     // per CWG1464. Otherwise, if it's not a constant, we must have an
1812     // unparenthesized array type.
1813     if (!ArraySize->isValueDependent()) {
1814       llvm::APSInt Value;
1815       // We've already performed any required implicit conversion to integer or
1816       // unscoped enumeration type.
1817       // FIXME: Per CWG1464, we are required to check the value prior to
1818       // converting to size_t. This will never find a negative array size in
1819       // C++14 onwards, because Value is always unsigned here!
1820       if (ArraySize->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, Context)) {
1821         if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) {
1822           return ExprError(Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(),
1823                                 diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size)
1824                            << ArraySize->getSourceRange());
1825         }
1826 
1827         if (!AllocType->isDependentType()) {
1828           unsigned ActiveSizeBits =
1829             ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, AllocType, Value);
1830           if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context))
1831             return ExprError(Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(),
1832                                   diag::err_array_too_large)
1833                              << Value.toString(10)
1834                              << ArraySize->getSourceRange());
1835         }
1836 
1837         KnownArraySize = Value.getZExtValue();
1838       } else if (TypeIdParens.isValid()) {
1839         // Can't have dynamic array size when the type-id is in parentheses.
1840         Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(), diag::ext_new_paren_array_nonconst)
1841           << ArraySize->getSourceRange()
1842           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(TypeIdParens.getBegin())
1843           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(TypeIdParens.getEnd());
1844 
1845         TypeIdParens = SourceRange();
1846       }
1847     }
1848 
1849     // Note that we do *not* convert the argument in any way.  It can
1850     // be signed, larger than size_t, whatever.
1851   }
1852 
1853   FunctionDecl *OperatorNew = nullptr;
1854   FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = nullptr;
1855   unsigned Alignment =
1856       AllocType->isDependentType() ? 0 : Context.getTypeAlign(AllocType);
1857   unsigned NewAlignment = Context.getTargetInfo().getNewAlign();
1858   bool PassAlignment = getLangOpts().AlignedAllocation &&
1859                        Alignment > NewAlignment;
1860 
1861   if (!AllocType->isDependentType() &&
1862       !Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(PlacementArgs) &&
1863       FindAllocationFunctions(StartLoc,
1864                               SourceRange(PlacementLParen, PlacementRParen),
1865                               UseGlobal, AllocType, ArraySize, PassAlignment,
1866                               PlacementArgs, OperatorNew, OperatorDelete))
1867     return ExprError();
1868 
1869   // If this is an array allocation, compute whether the usual array
1870   // deallocation function for the type has a size_t parameter.
1871   bool UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = false;
1872   if (ArraySize && !AllocType->isDependentType())
1873     UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize =
1874         doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(*this, StartLoc, AllocType);
1875 
1876   SmallVector<Expr *, 8> AllPlaceArgs;
1877   if (OperatorNew) {
1878     const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
1879         OperatorNew->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
1880     VariadicCallType CallType = Proto->isVariadic() ? VariadicFunction
1881                                                     : VariadicDoesNotApply;
1882 
1883     // We've already converted the placement args, just fill in any default
1884     // arguments. Skip the first parameter because we don't have a corresponding
1885     // argument. Skip the second parameter too if we're passing in the
1886     // alignment; we've already filled it in.
1887     if (GatherArgumentsForCall(PlacementLParen, OperatorNew, Proto,
1888                                PassAlignment ? 2 : 1, PlacementArgs,
1889                                AllPlaceArgs, CallType))
1890       return ExprError();
1891 
1892     if (!AllPlaceArgs.empty())
1893       PlacementArgs = AllPlaceArgs;
1894 
1895     // FIXME: This is wrong: PlacementArgs misses out the first (size) argument.
1896     DiagnoseSentinelCalls(OperatorNew, PlacementLParen, PlacementArgs);
1897 
1898     // FIXME: Missing call to CheckFunctionCall or equivalent
1899 
1900     // Warn if the type is over-aligned and is being allocated by (unaligned)
1901     // global operator new.
1902     if (PlacementArgs.empty() && !PassAlignment &&
1903         (OperatorNew->isImplicit() ||
1904          (OperatorNew->getLocStart().isValid() &&
1905           getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(OperatorNew->getLocStart())))) {
1906       if (Alignment > NewAlignment)
1907         Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_overaligned_type)
1908             << AllocType
1909             << unsigned(Alignment / Context.getCharWidth())
1910             << unsigned(NewAlignment / Context.getCharWidth());
1911     }
1912   }
1913 
1914   // Array 'new' can't have any initializers except empty parentheses.
1915   // Initializer lists are also allowed, in C++11. Rely on the parser for the
1916   // dialect distinction.
1917   if (ArraySize && !isLegalArrayNewInitializer(initStyle, Initializer)) {
1918     SourceRange InitRange(Inits[0]->getLocStart(),
1919                           Inits[NumInits - 1]->getLocEnd());
1920     Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_new_array_init_args) << InitRange;
1921     return ExprError();
1922   }
1923 
1924   // If we can perform the initialization, and we've not already done so,
1925   // do it now.
1926   if (!AllocType->isDependentType() &&
1927       !Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(
1928           llvm::makeArrayRef(Inits, NumInits))) {
1929     // The type we initialize is the complete type, including the array bound.
1930     QualType InitType;
1931     if (KnownArraySize)
1932       InitType = Context.getConstantArrayType(
1933           AllocType, llvm::APInt(Context.getTypeSize(Context.getSizeType()),
1934                                  *KnownArraySize),
1935           ArrayType::Normal, 0);
1936     else if (ArraySize)
1937       InitType =
1938           Context.getIncompleteArrayType(AllocType, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
1939     else
1940       InitType = AllocType;
1941 
1942     // C++11 [expr.new]p15:
1943     //   A new-expression that creates an object of type T initializes that
1944     //   object as follows:
1945     InitializationKind Kind
1946     //     - If the new-initializer is omitted, the object is default-
1947     //       initialized (8.5); if no initialization is performed,
1948     //       the object has indeterminate value
1949       = initStyle == CXXNewExpr::NoInit
1950           ? InitializationKind::CreateDefault(TypeRange.getBegin())
1951     //     - Otherwise, the new-initializer is interpreted according to the
1952     //       initialization rules of 8.5 for direct-initialization.
1953           : initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit
1954               ? InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(TypeRange.getBegin())
1955               : InitializationKind::CreateDirect(TypeRange.getBegin(),
1956                                                  DirectInitRange.getBegin(),
1957                                                  DirectInitRange.getEnd());
1958 
1959     InitializedEntity Entity
1960       = InitializedEntity::InitializeNew(StartLoc, InitType);
1961     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind,
1962                                    MultiExprArg(Inits, NumInits));
1963     ExprResult FullInit = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
1964                                           MultiExprArg(Inits, NumInits));
1965     if (FullInit.isInvalid())
1966       return ExprError();
1967 
1968     // FullInit is our initializer; strip off CXXBindTemporaryExprs, because
1969     // we don't want the initialized object to be destructed.
1970     // FIXME: We should not create these in the first place.
1971     if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Binder =
1972             dyn_cast_or_null<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(FullInit.get()))
1973       FullInit = Binder->getSubExpr();
1974 
1975     Initializer = FullInit.get();
1976   }
1977 
1978   // Mark the new and delete operators as referenced.
1979   if (OperatorNew) {
1980     if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OperatorNew, StartLoc))
1981       return ExprError();
1982     MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorNew);
1983   }
1984   if (OperatorDelete) {
1985     if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OperatorDelete, StartLoc))
1986       return ExprError();
1987     MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorDelete);
1988   }
1989 
1990   // C++0x [expr.new]p17:
1991   //   If the new expression creates an array of objects of class type,
1992   //   access and ambiguity control are done for the destructor.
1993   QualType BaseAllocType = Context.getBaseElementType(AllocType);
1994   if (ArraySize && !BaseAllocType->isDependentType()) {
1995     if (const RecordType *BaseRecordType = BaseAllocType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
1996       if (CXXDestructorDecl *dtor = LookupDestructor(
1997               cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRecordType->getDecl()))) {
1998         MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, dtor);
1999         CheckDestructorAccess(StartLoc, dtor,
2000                               PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor)
2001                                 << BaseAllocType);
2002         if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(dtor, StartLoc))
2003           return ExprError();
2004       }
2005     }
2006   }
2007 
2008   return new (Context)
2009       CXXNewExpr(Context, UseGlobal, OperatorNew, OperatorDelete, PassAlignment,
2010                  UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize, PlacementArgs, TypeIdParens,
2011                  ArraySize, initStyle, Initializer, ResultType, AllocTypeInfo,
2012                  Range, DirectInitRange);
2013 }
2014 
2015 /// \brief Checks that a type is suitable as the allocated type
2016 /// in a new-expression.
2017 bool Sema::CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc,
2018                               SourceRange R) {
2019   // C++ 5.3.4p1: "[The] type shall be a complete object type, but not an
2020   //   abstract class type or array thereof.
2021   if (AllocType->isFunctionType())
2022     return Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_new_type)
2023       << AllocType << 0 << R;
2024   else if (AllocType->isReferenceType())
2025     return Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_new_type)
2026       << AllocType << 1 << R;
2027   else if (!AllocType->isDependentType() &&
2028            RequireCompleteType(Loc, AllocType, diag::err_new_incomplete_type,R))
2029     return true;
2030   else if (RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, AllocType,
2031                                   diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type))
2032     return true;
2033   else if (AllocType->isVariablyModifiedType())
2034     return Diag(Loc, diag::err_variably_modified_new_type)
2035              << AllocType;
2036   else if (unsigned AddressSpace = AllocType.getAddressSpace())
2037     return Diag(Loc, diag::err_address_space_qualified_new)
2038       << AllocType.getUnqualifiedType() << AddressSpace;
2039   else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) {
2040     if (const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(AllocType)) {
2041       QualType BaseAllocType = Context.getBaseElementType(AT);
2042       if (BaseAllocType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
2043           BaseAllocType->isObjCLifetimeType())
2044         return Diag(Loc, diag::err_arc_new_array_without_ownership)
2045           << BaseAllocType;
2046     }
2047   }
2048 
2049   return false;
2050 }
2051 
2052 static bool
2053 resolveAllocationOverload(Sema &S, LookupResult &R, SourceRange Range,
2054                           SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Args, bool &PassAlignment,
2055                           FunctionDecl *&Operator,
2056                           OverloadCandidateSet *AlignedCandidates = nullptr,
2057                           Expr *AlignArg = nullptr) {
2058   OverloadCandidateSet Candidates(R.getNameLoc(),
2059                                   OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal);
2060   for (LookupResult::iterator Alloc = R.begin(), AllocEnd = R.end();
2061        Alloc != AllocEnd; ++Alloc) {
2062     // Even member operator new/delete are implicitly treated as
2063     // static, so don't use AddMemberCandidate.
2064     NamedDecl *D = (*Alloc)->getUnderlyingDecl();
2065 
2066     if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FnTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
2067       S.AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FnTemplate, Alloc.getPair(),
2068                                      /*ExplicitTemplateArgs=*/nullptr, Args,
2069                                      Candidates,
2070                                      /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
2071       continue;
2072     }
2073 
2074     FunctionDecl *Fn = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
2075     S.AddOverloadCandidate(Fn, Alloc.getPair(), Args, Candidates,
2076                            /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
2077   }
2078 
2079   // Do the resolution.
2080   OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
2081   switch (Candidates.BestViableFunction(S, R.getNameLoc(), Best)) {
2082   case OR_Success: {
2083     // Got one!
2084     FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
2085     if (S.CheckAllocationAccess(R.getNameLoc(), Range, R.getNamingClass(),
2086                                 Best->FoundDecl) == Sema::AR_inaccessible)
2087       return true;
2088 
2089     Operator = FnDecl;
2090     return false;
2091   }
2092 
2093   case OR_No_Viable_Function:
2094     // C++17 [expr.new]p13:
2095     //   If no matching function is found and the allocated object type has
2096     //   new-extended alignment, the alignment argument is removed from the
2097     //   argument list, and overload resolution is performed again.
2098     if (PassAlignment) {
2099       PassAlignment = false;
2100       AlignArg = Args[1];
2101       Args.erase(Args.begin() + 1);
2102       return resolveAllocationOverload(S, R, Range, Args, PassAlignment,
2103                                        Operator, &Candidates, AlignArg);
2104     }
2105 
2106     // MSVC will fall back on trying to find a matching global operator new
2107     // if operator new[] cannot be found.  Also, MSVC will leak by not
2108     // generating a call to operator delete or operator delete[], but we
2109     // will not replicate that bug.
2110     // FIXME: Find out how this interacts with the std::align_val_t fallback
2111     // once MSVC implements it.
2112     if (R.getLookupName().getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New &&
2113         S.Context.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
2114       R.clear();
2115       R.setLookupName(S.Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_New));
2116       S.LookupQualifiedName(R, S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
2117       // FIXME: This will give bad diagnostics pointing at the wrong functions.
2118       return resolveAllocationOverload(S, R, Range, Args, PassAlignment,
2119                                        Operator, nullptr);
2120     }
2121 
2122     S.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call)
2123       << R.getLookupName() << Range;
2124 
2125     // If we have aligned candidates, only note the align_val_t candidates
2126     // from AlignedCandidates and the non-align_val_t candidates from
2127     // Candidates.
2128     if (AlignedCandidates) {
2129       auto IsAligned = [](OverloadCandidate &C) {
2130         return C.Function->getNumParams() > 1 &&
2131                C.Function->getParamDecl(1)->getType()->isAlignValT();
2132       };
2133       auto IsUnaligned = [&](OverloadCandidate &C) { return !IsAligned(C); };
2134 
2135       // This was an overaligned allocation, so list the aligned candidates
2136       // first.
2137       Args.insert(Args.begin() + 1, AlignArg);
2138       AlignedCandidates->NoteCandidates(S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, "",
2139                                         R.getNameLoc(), IsAligned);
2140       Args.erase(Args.begin() + 1);
2141       Candidates.NoteCandidates(S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args, "", R.getNameLoc(),
2142                                 IsUnaligned);
2143     } else {
2144       Candidates.NoteCandidates(S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args);
2145     }
2146     return true;
2147 
2148   case OR_Ambiguous:
2149     S.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call)
2150       << R.getLookupName() << Range;
2151     Candidates.NoteCandidates(S, OCD_ViableCandidates, Args);
2152     return true;
2153 
2154   case OR_Deleted: {
2155     S.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_deleted_call)
2156       << Best->Function->isDeleted()
2157       << R.getLookupName()
2158       << S.getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(Best->Function)
2159       << Range;
2160     Candidates.NoteCandidates(S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args);
2161     return true;
2162   }
2163   }
2164   llvm_unreachable("Unreachable, bad result from BestViableFunction");
2165 }
2166 
2167 
2168 /// FindAllocationFunctions - Finds the overloads of operator new and delete
2169 /// that are appropriate for the allocation.
2170 bool Sema::FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
2171                                    bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType,
2172                                    bool IsArray, bool &PassAlignment,
2173                                    MultiExprArg PlaceArgs,
2174                                    FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew,
2175                                    FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete) {
2176   // --- Choosing an allocation function ---
2177   // C++ 5.3.4p8 - 14 & 18
2178   // 1) If UseGlobal is true, only look in the global scope. Else, also look
2179   //   in the scope of the allocated class.
2180   // 2) If an array size is given, look for operator new[], else look for
2181   //   operator new.
2182   // 3) The first argument is always size_t. Append the arguments from the
2183   //   placement form.
2184 
2185   SmallVector<Expr*, 8> AllocArgs;
2186   AllocArgs.reserve((PassAlignment ? 2 : 1) + PlaceArgs.size());
2187 
2188   // We don't care about the actual value of these arguments.
2189   // FIXME: Should the Sema create the expression and embed it in the syntax
2190   // tree? Or should the consumer just recalculate the value?
2191   // FIXME: Using a dummy value will interact poorly with attribute enable_if.
2192   IntegerLiteral Size(Context, llvm::APInt::getNullValue(
2193                       Context.getTargetInfo().getPointerWidth(0)),
2194                       Context.getSizeType(),
2195                       SourceLocation());
2196   AllocArgs.push_back(&Size);
2197 
2198   QualType AlignValT = Context.VoidTy;
2199   if (PassAlignment) {
2200     DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
2201     AlignValT = Context.getTypeDeclType(getStdAlignValT());
2202   }
2203   CXXScalarValueInitExpr Align(AlignValT, nullptr, SourceLocation());
2204   if (PassAlignment)
2205     AllocArgs.push_back(&Align);
2206 
2207   AllocArgs.insert(AllocArgs.end(), PlaceArgs.begin(), PlaceArgs.end());
2208 
2209   // C++ [expr.new]p8:
2210   //   If the allocated type is a non-array type, the allocation
2211   //   function's name is operator new and the deallocation function's
2212   //   name is operator delete. If the allocated type is an array
2213   //   type, the allocation function's name is operator new[] and the
2214   //   deallocation function's name is operator delete[].
2215   DeclarationName NewName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
2216       IsArray ? OO_Array_New : OO_New);
2217 
2218   QualType AllocElemType = Context.getBaseElementType(AllocType);
2219 
2220   // Find the allocation function.
2221   {
2222     LookupResult R(*this, NewName, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
2223 
2224     // C++1z [expr.new]p9:
2225     //   If the new-expression begins with a unary :: operator, the allocation
2226     //   function's name is looked up in the global scope. Otherwise, if the
2227     //   allocated type is a class type T or array thereof, the allocation
2228     //   function's name is looked up in the scope of T.
2229     if (AllocElemType->isRecordType() && !UseGlobal)
2230       LookupQualifiedName(R, AllocElemType->getAsCXXRecordDecl());
2231 
2232     // We can see ambiguity here if the allocation function is found in
2233     // multiple base classes.
2234     if (R.isAmbiguous())
2235       return true;
2236 
2237     //   If this lookup fails to find the name, or if the allocated type is not
2238     //   a class type, the allocation function's name is looked up in the
2239     //   global scope.
2240     if (R.empty())
2241       LookupQualifiedName(R, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
2242 
2243     assert(!R.empty() && "implicitly declared allocation functions not found");
2244     assert(!R.isAmbiguous() && "global allocation functions are ambiguous");
2245 
2246     // We do our own custom access checks below.
2247     R.suppressDiagnostics();
2248 
2249     if (resolveAllocationOverload(*this, R, Range, AllocArgs, PassAlignment,
2250                                   OperatorNew))
2251       return true;
2252   }
2253 
2254   // We don't need an operator delete if we're running under -fno-exceptions.
2255   if (!getLangOpts().Exceptions) {
2256     OperatorDelete = nullptr;
2257     return false;
2258   }
2259 
2260   // Note, the name of OperatorNew might have been changed from array to
2261   // non-array by resolveAllocationOverload.
2262   DeclarationName DeleteName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
2263       OperatorNew->getDeclName().getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New
2264           ? OO_Array_Delete
2265           : OO_Delete);
2266 
2267   // C++ [expr.new]p19:
2268   //
2269   //   If the new-expression begins with a unary :: operator, the
2270   //   deallocation function's name is looked up in the global
2271   //   scope. Otherwise, if the allocated type is a class type T or an
2272   //   array thereof, the deallocation function's name is looked up in
2273   //   the scope of T. If this lookup fails to find the name, or if
2274   //   the allocated type is not a class type or array thereof, the
2275   //   deallocation function's name is looked up in the global scope.
2276   LookupResult FoundDelete(*this, DeleteName, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
2277   if (AllocElemType->isRecordType() && !UseGlobal) {
2278     CXXRecordDecl *RD
2279       = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(AllocElemType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
2280     LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, RD);
2281   }
2282   if (FoundDelete.isAmbiguous())
2283     return true; // FIXME: clean up expressions?
2284 
2285   bool FoundGlobalDelete = FoundDelete.empty();
2286   if (FoundDelete.empty()) {
2287     DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
2288     LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
2289   }
2290 
2291   FoundDelete.suppressDiagnostics();
2292 
2293   SmallVector<std::pair<DeclAccessPair,FunctionDecl*>, 2> Matches;
2294 
2295   // Whether we're looking for a placement operator delete is dictated
2296   // by whether we selected a placement operator new, not by whether
2297   // we had explicit placement arguments.  This matters for things like
2298   //   struct A { void *operator new(size_t, int = 0); ... };
2299   //   A *a = new A()
2300   //
2301   // We don't have any definition for what a "placement allocation function"
2302   // is, but we assume it's any allocation function whose
2303   // parameter-declaration-clause is anything other than (size_t).
2304   //
2305   // FIXME: Should (size_t, std::align_val_t) also be considered non-placement?
2306   // This affects whether an exception from the constructor of an overaligned
2307   // type uses the sized or non-sized form of aligned operator delete.
2308   bool isPlacementNew = !PlaceArgs.empty() || OperatorNew->param_size() != 1 ||
2309                         OperatorNew->isVariadic();
2310 
2311   if (isPlacementNew) {
2312     // C++ [expr.new]p20:
2313     //   A declaration of a placement deallocation function matches the
2314     //   declaration of a placement allocation function if it has the
2315     //   same number of parameters and, after parameter transformations
2316     //   (8.3.5), all parameter types except the first are
2317     //   identical. [...]
2318     //
2319     // To perform this comparison, we compute the function type that
2320     // the deallocation function should have, and use that type both
2321     // for template argument deduction and for comparison purposes.
2322     QualType ExpectedFunctionType;
2323     {
2324       const FunctionProtoType *Proto
2325         = OperatorNew->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
2326 
2327       SmallVector<QualType, 4> ArgTypes;
2328       ArgTypes.push_back(Context.VoidPtrTy);
2329       for (unsigned I = 1, N = Proto->getNumParams(); I < N; ++I)
2330         ArgTypes.push_back(Proto->getParamType(I));
2331 
2332       FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
2333       // FIXME: This is not part of the standard's rule.
2334       EPI.Variadic = Proto->isVariadic();
2335 
2336       ExpectedFunctionType
2337         = Context.getFunctionType(Context.VoidTy, ArgTypes, EPI);
2338     }
2339 
2340     for (LookupResult::iterator D = FoundDelete.begin(),
2341                              DEnd = FoundDelete.end();
2342          D != DEnd; ++D) {
2343       FunctionDecl *Fn = nullptr;
2344       if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FnTmpl =
2345               dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl())) {
2346         // Perform template argument deduction to try to match the
2347         // expected function type.
2348         TemplateDeductionInfo Info(StartLoc);
2349         if (DeduceTemplateArguments(FnTmpl, nullptr, ExpectedFunctionType, Fn,
2350                                     Info))
2351           continue;
2352       } else
2353         Fn = cast<FunctionDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl());
2354 
2355       if (Context.hasSameType(adjustCCAndNoReturn(Fn->getType(),
2356                                                   ExpectedFunctionType,
2357                                                   /*AdjustExcpetionSpec*/true),
2358                               ExpectedFunctionType))
2359         Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(D.getPair(), Fn));
2360     }
2361 
2362     if (getLangOpts().CUDA)
2363       EraseUnwantedCUDAMatches(dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext), Matches);
2364   } else {
2365     // C++1y [expr.new]p22:
2366     //   For a non-placement allocation function, the normal deallocation
2367     //   function lookup is used
2368     //
2369     // Per [expr.delete]p10, this lookup prefers a member operator delete
2370     // without a size_t argument, but prefers a non-member operator delete
2371     // with a size_t where possible (which it always is in this case).
2372     llvm::SmallVector<UsualDeallocFnInfo, 4> BestDeallocFns;
2373     UsualDeallocFnInfo Selected = resolveDeallocationOverload(
2374         *this, FoundDelete, /*WantSize*/ FoundGlobalDelete,
2375         /*WantAlign*/ hasNewExtendedAlignment(*this, AllocElemType),
2376         &BestDeallocFns);
2377     if (Selected)
2378       Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(Selected.Found, Selected.FD));
2379     else {
2380       // If we failed to select an operator, all remaining functions are viable
2381       // but ambiguous.
2382       for (auto Fn : BestDeallocFns)
2383         Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(Fn.Found, Fn.FD));
2384     }
2385   }
2386 
2387   // C++ [expr.new]p20:
2388   //   [...] If the lookup finds a single matching deallocation
2389   //   function, that function will be called; otherwise, no
2390   //   deallocation function will be called.
2391   if (Matches.size() == 1) {
2392     OperatorDelete = Matches[0].second;
2393 
2394     // C++1z [expr.new]p23:
2395     //   If the lookup finds a usual deallocation function (3.7.4.2)
2396     //   with a parameter of type std::size_t and that function, considered
2397     //   as a placement deallocation function, would have been
2398     //   selected as a match for the allocation function, the program
2399     //   is ill-formed.
2400     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isPlacementNew &&
2401         isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(*this, OperatorDelete)) {
2402       UsualDeallocFnInfo Info(*this,
2403                               DeclAccessPair::make(OperatorDelete, AS_public));
2404       // Core issue, per mail to core reflector, 2016-10-09:
2405       //   If this is a member operator delete, and there is a corresponding
2406       //   non-sized member operator delete, this isn't /really/ a sized
2407       //   deallocation function, it just happens to have a size_t parameter.
2408       bool IsSizedDelete = Info.HasSizeT;
2409       if (IsSizedDelete && !FoundGlobalDelete) {
2410         auto NonSizedDelete =
2411             resolveDeallocationOverload(*this, FoundDelete, /*WantSize*/false,
2412                                         /*WantAlign*/Info.HasAlignValT);
2413         if (NonSizedDelete && !NonSizedDelete.HasSizeT &&
2414             NonSizedDelete.HasAlignValT == Info.HasAlignValT)
2415           IsSizedDelete = false;
2416       }
2417 
2418       if (IsSizedDelete) {
2419         SourceRange R = PlaceArgs.empty()
2420                             ? SourceRange()
2421                             : SourceRange(PlaceArgs.front()->getLocStart(),
2422                                           PlaceArgs.back()->getLocEnd());
2423         Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_placement_new_non_placement_delete) << R;
2424         if (!OperatorDelete->isImplicit())
2425           Diag(OperatorDelete->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
2426               << DeleteName;
2427       }
2428     }
2429 
2430     CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, Range, FoundDelete.getNamingClass(),
2431                           Matches[0].first);
2432   } else if (!Matches.empty()) {
2433     // We found multiple suitable operators. Per [expr.new]p20, that means we
2434     // call no 'operator delete' function, but we should at least warn the user.
2435     // FIXME: Suppress this warning if the construction cannot throw.
2436     Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_ambiguous_suitable_delete_function_found)
2437       << DeleteName << AllocElemType;
2438 
2439     for (auto &Match : Matches)
2440       Diag(Match.second->getLocation(),
2441            diag::note_member_declared_here) << DeleteName;
2442   }
2443 
2444   return false;
2445 }
2446 
2447 /// DeclareGlobalNewDelete - Declare the global forms of operator new and
2448 /// delete. These are:
2449 /// @code
2450 ///   // C++03:
2451 ///   void* operator new(std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc);
2452 ///   void* operator new[](std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc);
2453 ///   void operator delete(void *) throw();
2454 ///   void operator delete[](void *) throw();
2455 ///   // C++11:
2456 ///   void* operator new(std::size_t);
2457 ///   void* operator new[](std::size_t);
2458 ///   void operator delete(void *) noexcept;
2459 ///   void operator delete[](void *) noexcept;
2460 ///   // C++1y:
2461 ///   void* operator new(std::size_t);
2462 ///   void* operator new[](std::size_t);
2463 ///   void operator delete(void *) noexcept;
2464 ///   void operator delete[](void *) noexcept;
2465 ///   void operator delete(void *, std::size_t) noexcept;
2466 ///   void operator delete[](void *, std::size_t) noexcept;
2467 /// @endcode
2468 /// Note that the placement and nothrow forms of new are *not* implicitly
2469 /// declared. Their use requires including \<new\>.
2470 void Sema::DeclareGlobalNewDelete() {
2471   if (GlobalNewDeleteDeclared)
2472     return;
2473 
2474   // C++ [basic.std.dynamic]p2:
2475   //   [...] The following allocation and deallocation functions (18.4) are
2476   //   implicitly declared in global scope in each translation unit of a
2477   //   program
2478   //
2479   //     C++03:
2480   //     void* operator new(std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc);
2481   //     void* operator new[](std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc);
2482   //     void  operator delete(void*) throw();
2483   //     void  operator delete[](void*) throw();
2484   //     C++11:
2485   //     void* operator new(std::size_t);
2486   //     void* operator new[](std::size_t);
2487   //     void  operator delete(void*) noexcept;
2488   //     void  operator delete[](void*) noexcept;
2489   //     C++1y:
2490   //     void* operator new(std::size_t);
2491   //     void* operator new[](std::size_t);
2492   //     void  operator delete(void*) noexcept;
2493   //     void  operator delete[](void*) noexcept;
2494   //     void  operator delete(void*, std::size_t) noexcept;
2495   //     void  operator delete[](void*, std::size_t) noexcept;
2496   //
2497   //   These implicit declarations introduce only the function names operator
2498   //   new, operator new[], operator delete, operator delete[].
2499   //
2500   // Here, we need to refer to std::bad_alloc, so we will implicitly declare
2501   // "std" or "bad_alloc" as necessary to form the exception specification.
2502   // However, we do not make these implicit declarations visible to name
2503   // lookup.
2504   if (!StdBadAlloc && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
2505     // The "std::bad_alloc" class has not yet been declared, so build it
2506     // implicitly.
2507     StdBadAlloc = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, TTK_Class,
2508                                         getOrCreateStdNamespace(),
2509                                         SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
2510                                       &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("bad_alloc"),
2511                                         nullptr);
2512     getStdBadAlloc()->setImplicit(true);
2513   }
2514   if (!StdAlignValT && getLangOpts().AlignedAllocation) {
2515     // The "std::align_val_t" enum class has not yet been declared, so build it
2516     // implicitly.
2517     auto *AlignValT = EnumDecl::Create(
2518         Context, getOrCreateStdNamespace(), SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
2519         &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("align_val_t"), nullptr, true, true, true);
2520     AlignValT->setIntegerType(Context.getSizeType());
2521     AlignValT->setPromotionType(Context.getSizeType());
2522     AlignValT->setImplicit(true);
2523     StdAlignValT = AlignValT;
2524   }
2525 
2526   GlobalNewDeleteDeclared = true;
2527 
2528   QualType VoidPtr = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
2529   QualType SizeT = Context.getSizeType();
2530 
2531   auto DeclareGlobalAllocationFunctions = [&](OverloadedOperatorKind Kind,
2532                                               QualType Return, QualType Param) {
2533     llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 3> Params;
2534     Params.push_back(Param);
2535 
2536     // Create up to four variants of the function (sized/aligned).
2537     bool HasSizedVariant = getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation &&
2538                            (Kind == OO_Delete || Kind == OO_Array_Delete);
2539     bool HasAlignedVariant = getLangOpts().AlignedAllocation;
2540 
2541     int NumSizeVariants = (HasSizedVariant ? 2 : 1);
2542     int NumAlignVariants = (HasAlignedVariant ? 2 : 1);
2543     for (int Sized = 0; Sized < NumSizeVariants; ++Sized) {
2544       if (Sized)
2545         Params.push_back(SizeT);
2546 
2547       for (int Aligned = 0; Aligned < NumAlignVariants; ++Aligned) {
2548         if (Aligned)
2549           Params.push_back(Context.getTypeDeclType(getStdAlignValT()));
2550 
2551         DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(
2552             Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Kind), Return, Params);
2553 
2554         if (Aligned)
2555           Params.pop_back();
2556       }
2557     }
2558   };
2559 
2560   DeclareGlobalAllocationFunctions(OO_New, VoidPtr, SizeT);
2561   DeclareGlobalAllocationFunctions(OO_Array_New, VoidPtr, SizeT);
2562   DeclareGlobalAllocationFunctions(OO_Delete, Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr);
2563   DeclareGlobalAllocationFunctions(OO_Array_Delete, Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr);
2564 }
2565 
2566 /// DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction - Declares a single implicit global
2567 /// allocation function if it doesn't already exist.
2568 void Sema::DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name,
2569                                            QualType Return,
2570                                            ArrayRef<QualType> Params) {
2571   DeclContext *GlobalCtx = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
2572 
2573   // Check if this function is already declared.
2574   DeclContext::lookup_result R = GlobalCtx->lookup(Name);
2575   for (DeclContext::lookup_iterator Alloc = R.begin(), AllocEnd = R.end();
2576        Alloc != AllocEnd; ++Alloc) {
2577     // Only look at non-template functions, as it is the predefined,
2578     // non-templated allocation function we are trying to declare here.
2579     if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Alloc)) {
2580       if (Func->getNumParams() == Params.size()) {
2581         llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 3> FuncParams;
2582         for (auto *P : Func->parameters())
2583           FuncParams.push_back(
2584               Context.getCanonicalType(P->getType().getUnqualifiedType()));
2585         if (llvm::makeArrayRef(FuncParams) == Params) {
2586           // Make the function visible to name lookup, even if we found it in
2587           // an unimported module. It either is an implicitly-declared global
2588           // allocation function, or is suppressing that function.
2589           Func->setHidden(false);
2590           return;
2591         }
2592       }
2593     }
2594   }
2595 
2596   FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
2597 
2598   QualType BadAllocType;
2599   bool HasBadAllocExceptionSpec
2600     = (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New ||
2601        Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New);
2602   if (HasBadAllocExceptionSpec) {
2603     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
2604       BadAllocType = Context.getTypeDeclType(getStdBadAlloc());
2605       assert(StdBadAlloc && "Must have std::bad_alloc declared");
2606       EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type = EST_Dynamic;
2607       EPI.ExceptionSpec.Exceptions = llvm::makeArrayRef(BadAllocType);
2608     }
2609   } else {
2610     EPI.ExceptionSpec =
2611         getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? EST_BasicNoexcept : EST_DynamicNone;
2612   }
2613 
2614   auto CreateAllocationFunctionDecl = [&](Attr *ExtraAttr) {
2615     QualType FnType = Context.getFunctionType(Return, Params, EPI);
2616     FunctionDecl *Alloc = FunctionDecl::Create(
2617         Context, GlobalCtx, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), Name,
2618         FnType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, SC_None, false, true);
2619     Alloc->setImplicit();
2620 
2621     // Implicit sized deallocation functions always have default visibility.
2622     Alloc->addAttr(
2623         VisibilityAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, VisibilityAttr::Default));
2624 
2625     llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl *, 3> ParamDecls;
2626     for (QualType T : Params) {
2627       ParamDecls.push_back(ParmVarDecl::Create(
2628           Context, Alloc, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), nullptr, T,
2629           /*TInfo=*/nullptr, SC_None, nullptr));
2630       ParamDecls.back()->setImplicit();
2631     }
2632     Alloc->setParams(ParamDecls);
2633     if (ExtraAttr)
2634       Alloc->addAttr(ExtraAttr);
2635     Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Alloc);
2636     IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(Alloc, Name);
2637   };
2638 
2639   if (!LangOpts.CUDA)
2640     CreateAllocationFunctionDecl(nullptr);
2641   else {
2642     // Host and device get their own declaration so each can be
2643     // defined or re-declared independently.
2644     CreateAllocationFunctionDecl(CUDAHostAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
2645     CreateAllocationFunctionDecl(CUDADeviceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
2646   }
2647 }
2648 
2649 FunctionDecl *Sema::FindUsualDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc,
2650                                                   bool CanProvideSize,
2651                                                   bool Overaligned,
2652                                                   DeclarationName Name) {
2653   DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
2654 
2655   LookupResult FoundDelete(*this, Name, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
2656   LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
2657 
2658   // FIXME: It's possible for this to result in ambiguity, through a
2659   // user-declared variadic operator delete or the enable_if attribute. We
2660   // should probably not consider those cases to be usual deallocation
2661   // functions. But for now we just make an arbitrary choice in that case.
2662   auto Result = resolveDeallocationOverload(*this, FoundDelete, CanProvideSize,
2663                                             Overaligned);
2664   assert(Result.FD && "operator delete missing from global scope?");
2665   return Result.FD;
2666 }
2667 
2668 FunctionDecl *Sema::FindDeallocationFunctionForDestructor(SourceLocation Loc,
2669                                                           CXXRecordDecl *RD) {
2670   DeclarationName Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Delete);
2671 
2672   FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = nullptr;
2673   if (FindDeallocationFunction(Loc, RD, Name, OperatorDelete))
2674     return nullptr;
2675   if (OperatorDelete)
2676     return OperatorDelete;
2677 
2678   // If there's no class-specific operator delete, look up the global
2679   // non-array delete.
2680   return FindUsualDeallocationFunction(
2681       Loc, true, hasNewExtendedAlignment(*this, Context.getRecordType(RD)),
2682       Name);
2683 }
2684 
2685 bool Sema::FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD,
2686                                     DeclarationName Name,
2687                                     FunctionDecl *&Operator, bool Diagnose) {
2688   LookupResult Found(*this, Name, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
2689   // Try to find operator delete/operator delete[] in class scope.
2690   LookupQualifiedName(Found, RD);
2691 
2692   if (Found.isAmbiguous())
2693     return true;
2694 
2695   Found.suppressDiagnostics();
2696 
2697   bool Overaligned = hasNewExtendedAlignment(*this, Context.getRecordType(RD));
2698 
2699   // C++17 [expr.delete]p10:
2700   //   If the deallocation functions have class scope, the one without a
2701   //   parameter of type std::size_t is selected.
2702   llvm::SmallVector<UsualDeallocFnInfo, 4> Matches;
2703   resolveDeallocationOverload(*this, Found, /*WantSize*/ false,
2704                               /*WantAlign*/ Overaligned, &Matches);
2705 
2706   // If we could find an overload, use it.
2707   if (Matches.size() == 1) {
2708     Operator = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Matches[0].FD);
2709 
2710     // FIXME: DiagnoseUseOfDecl?
2711     if (Operator->isDeleted()) {
2712       if (Diagnose) {
2713         Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
2714         NoteDeletedFunction(Operator);
2715       }
2716       return true;
2717     }
2718 
2719     if (CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, SourceRange(), Found.getNamingClass(),
2720                               Matches[0].Found, Diagnose) == AR_inaccessible)
2721       return true;
2722 
2723     return false;
2724   }
2725 
2726   // We found multiple suitable operators; complain about the ambiguity.
2727   // FIXME: The standard doesn't say to do this; it appears that the intent
2728   // is that this should never happen.
2729   if (!Matches.empty()) {
2730     if (Diagnose) {
2731       Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_suitable_delete_member_function_found)
2732         << Name << RD;
2733       for (auto &Match : Matches)
2734         Diag(Match.FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_declared_here) << Name;
2735     }
2736     return true;
2737   }
2738 
2739   // We did find operator delete/operator delete[] declarations, but
2740   // none of them were suitable.
2741   if (!Found.empty()) {
2742     if (Diagnose) {
2743       Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_no_suitable_delete_member_function_found)
2744         << Name << RD;
2745 
2746       for (NamedDecl *D : Found)
2747         Diag(D->getUnderlyingDecl()->getLocation(),
2748              diag::note_member_declared_here) << Name;
2749     }
2750     return true;
2751   }
2752 
2753   Operator = nullptr;
2754   return false;
2755 }
2756 
2757 namespace {
2758 /// \brief Checks whether delete-expression, and new-expression used for
2759 ///  initializing deletee have the same array form.
2760 class MismatchingNewDeleteDetector {
2761 public:
2762   enum MismatchResult {
2763     /// Indicates that there is no mismatch or a mismatch cannot be proven.
2764     NoMismatch,
2765     /// Indicates that variable is initialized with mismatching form of \a new.
2766     VarInitMismatches,
2767     /// Indicates that member is initialized with mismatching form of \a new.
2768     MemberInitMismatches,
2769     /// Indicates that 1 or more constructors' definitions could not been
2770     /// analyzed, and they will be checked again at the end of translation unit.
2771     AnalyzeLater
2772   };
2773 
2774   /// \param EndOfTU True, if this is the final analysis at the end of
2775   /// translation unit. False, if this is the initial analysis at the point
2776   /// delete-expression was encountered.
2777   explicit MismatchingNewDeleteDetector(bool EndOfTU)
2778       : Field(nullptr), IsArrayForm(false), EndOfTU(EndOfTU),
2779         HasUndefinedConstructors(false) {}
2780 
2781   /// \brief Checks whether pointee of a delete-expression is initialized with
2782   /// matching form of new-expression.
2783   ///
2784   /// If return value is \c VarInitMismatches or \c MemberInitMismatches at the
2785   /// point where delete-expression is encountered, then a warning will be
2786   /// issued immediately. If return value is \c AnalyzeLater at the point where
2787   /// delete-expression is seen, then member will be analyzed at the end of
2788   /// translation unit. \c AnalyzeLater is returned iff at least one constructor
2789   /// couldn't be analyzed. If at least one constructor initializes the member
2790   /// with matching type of new, the return value is \c NoMismatch.
2791   MismatchResult analyzeDeleteExpr(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE);
2792   /// \brief Analyzes a class member.
2793   /// \param Field Class member to analyze.
2794   /// \param DeleteWasArrayForm Array form-ness of the delete-expression used
2795   /// for deleting the \p Field.
2796   MismatchResult analyzeField(FieldDecl *Field, bool DeleteWasArrayForm);
2797   FieldDecl *Field;
2798   /// List of mismatching new-expressions used for initialization of the pointee
2799   llvm::SmallVector<const CXXNewExpr *, 4> NewExprs;
2800   /// Indicates whether delete-expression was in array form.
2801   bool IsArrayForm;
2802 
2803 private:
2804   const bool EndOfTU;
2805   /// \brief Indicates that there is at least one constructor without body.
2806   bool HasUndefinedConstructors;
2807   /// \brief Returns \c CXXNewExpr from given initialization expression.
2808   /// \param E Expression used for initializing pointee in delete-expression.
2809   /// E can be a single-element \c InitListExpr consisting of new-expression.
2810   const CXXNewExpr *getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(const Expr *E);
2811   /// \brief Returns whether member is initialized with mismatching form of
2812   /// \c new either by the member initializer or in-class initialization.
2813   ///
2814   /// If bodies of all constructors are not visible at the end of translation
2815   /// unit or at least one constructor initializes member with the matching
2816   /// form of \c new, mismatch cannot be proven, and this function will return
2817   /// \c NoMismatch.
2818   MismatchResult analyzeMemberExpr(const MemberExpr *ME);
2819   /// \brief Returns whether variable is initialized with mismatching form of
2820   /// \c new.
2821   ///
2822   /// If variable is initialized with matching form of \c new or variable is not
2823   /// initialized with a \c new expression, this function will return true.
2824   /// If variable is initialized with mismatching form of \c new, returns false.
2825   /// \param D Variable to analyze.
2826   bool hasMatchingVarInit(const DeclRefExpr *D);
2827   /// \brief Checks whether the constructor initializes pointee with mismatching
2828   /// form of \c new.
2829   ///
2830   /// Returns true, if member is initialized with matching form of \c new in
2831   /// member initializer list. Returns false, if member is initialized with the
2832   /// matching form of \c new in this constructor's initializer or given
2833   /// constructor isn't defined at the point where delete-expression is seen, or
2834   /// member isn't initialized by the constructor.
2835   bool hasMatchingNewInCtor(const CXXConstructorDecl *CD);
2836   /// \brief Checks whether member is initialized with matching form of
2837   /// \c new in member initializer list.
2838   bool hasMatchingNewInCtorInit(const CXXCtorInitializer *CI);
2839   /// Checks whether member is initialized with mismatching form of \c new by
2840   /// in-class initializer.
2841   MismatchResult analyzeInClassInitializer();
2842 };
2843 }
2844 
2845 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult
2846 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeDeleteExpr(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE) {
2847   NewExprs.clear();
2848   assert(DE && "Expected delete-expression");
2849   IsArrayForm = DE->isArrayForm();
2850   const Expr *E = DE->getArgument()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
2851   if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<const MemberExpr>(E)) {
2852     return analyzeMemberExpr(ME);
2853   } else if (const DeclRefExpr *D = dyn_cast<const DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
2854     if (!hasMatchingVarInit(D))
2855       return VarInitMismatches;
2856   }
2857   return NoMismatch;
2858 }
2859 
2860 const CXXNewExpr *
2861 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(const Expr *E) {
2862   assert(E != nullptr && "Expected a valid initializer expression");
2863   E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
2864   if (const InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<const InitListExpr>(E)) {
2865     if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1)
2866       E = dyn_cast<const CXXNewExpr>(ILE->getInit(0)->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
2867   }
2868 
2869   return dyn_cast_or_null<const CXXNewExpr>(E);
2870 }
2871 
2872 bool MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::hasMatchingNewInCtorInit(
2873     const CXXCtorInitializer *CI) {
2874   const CXXNewExpr *NE = nullptr;
2875   if (Field == CI->getMember() &&
2876       (NE = getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(CI->getInit()))) {
2877     if (NE->isArray() == IsArrayForm)
2878       return true;
2879     else
2880       NewExprs.push_back(NE);
2881   }
2882   return false;
2883 }
2884 
2885 bool MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::hasMatchingNewInCtor(
2886     const CXXConstructorDecl *CD) {
2887   if (CD->isImplicit())
2888     return false;
2889   const FunctionDecl *Definition = CD;
2890   if (!CD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && !CD->isDefined(Definition)) {
2891     HasUndefinedConstructors = true;
2892     return EndOfTU;
2893   }
2894   for (const auto *CI : cast<const CXXConstructorDecl>(Definition)->inits()) {
2895     if (hasMatchingNewInCtorInit(CI))
2896       return true;
2897   }
2898   return false;
2899 }
2900 
2901 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult
2902 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeInClassInitializer() {
2903   assert(Field != nullptr && "This should be called only for members");
2904   const Expr *InitExpr = Field->getInClassInitializer();
2905   if (!InitExpr)
2906     return EndOfTU ? NoMismatch : AnalyzeLater;
2907   if (const CXXNewExpr *NE = getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(InitExpr)) {
2908     if (NE->isArray() != IsArrayForm) {
2909       NewExprs.push_back(NE);
2910       return MemberInitMismatches;
2911     }
2912   }
2913   return NoMismatch;
2914 }
2915 
2916 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult
2917 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeField(FieldDecl *Field,
2918                                            bool DeleteWasArrayForm) {
2919   assert(Field != nullptr && "Analysis requires a valid class member.");
2920   this->Field = Field;
2921   IsArrayForm = DeleteWasArrayForm;
2922   const CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<const CXXRecordDecl>(Field->getParent());
2923   for (const auto *CD : RD->ctors()) {
2924     if (hasMatchingNewInCtor(CD))
2925       return NoMismatch;
2926   }
2927   if (HasUndefinedConstructors)
2928     return EndOfTU ? NoMismatch : AnalyzeLater;
2929   if (!NewExprs.empty())
2930     return MemberInitMismatches;
2931   return Field->hasInClassInitializer() ? analyzeInClassInitializer()
2932                                         : NoMismatch;
2933 }
2934 
2935 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult
2936 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeMemberExpr(const MemberExpr *ME) {
2937   assert(ME != nullptr && "Expected a member expression");
2938   if (FieldDecl *F = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
2939     return analyzeField(F, IsArrayForm);
2940   return NoMismatch;
2941 }
2942 
2943 bool MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::hasMatchingVarInit(const DeclRefExpr *D) {
2944   const CXXNewExpr *NE = nullptr;
2945   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<const VarDecl>(D->getDecl())) {
2946     if (VD->hasInit() && (NE = getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(VD->getInit())) &&
2947         NE->isArray() != IsArrayForm) {
2948       NewExprs.push_back(NE);
2949     }
2950   }
2951   return NewExprs.empty();
2952 }
2953 
2954 static void
2955 DiagnoseMismatchedNewDelete(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation DeleteLoc,
2956                             const MismatchingNewDeleteDetector &Detector) {
2957   SourceLocation EndOfDelete = SemaRef.getLocForEndOfToken(DeleteLoc);
2958   FixItHint H;
2959   if (!Detector.IsArrayForm)
2960     H = FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndOfDelete, "[]");
2961   else {
2962     SourceLocation RSquare = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(
2963         DeleteLoc, tok::l_square, SemaRef.getSourceManager(),
2964         SemaRef.getLangOpts(), true);
2965     if (RSquare.isValid())
2966       H = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SourceRange(EndOfDelete, RSquare));
2967   }
2968   SemaRef.Diag(DeleteLoc, diag::warn_mismatched_delete_new)
2969       << Detector.IsArrayForm << H;
2970 
2971   for (const auto *NE : Detector.NewExprs)
2972     SemaRef.Diag(NE->getExprLoc(), diag::note_allocated_here)
2973         << Detector.IsArrayForm;
2974 }
2975 
2976 void Sema::AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE) {
2977   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_mismatched_delete_new, SourceLocation()))
2978     return;
2979   MismatchingNewDeleteDetector Detector(/*EndOfTU=*/false);
2980   switch (Detector.analyzeDeleteExpr(DE)) {
2981   case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::VarInitMismatches:
2982   case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MemberInitMismatches: {
2983     DiagnoseMismatchedNewDelete(*this, DE->getLocStart(), Detector);
2984     break;
2985   }
2986   case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::AnalyzeLater: {
2987     DeleteExprs[Detector.Field].push_back(
2988         std::make_pair(DE->getLocStart(), DE->isArrayForm()));
2989     break;
2990   }
2991   case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::NoMismatch:
2992     break;
2993   }
2994 }
2995 
2996 void Sema::AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(FieldDecl *Field, SourceLocation DeleteLoc,
2997                                      bool DeleteWasArrayForm) {
2998   MismatchingNewDeleteDetector Detector(/*EndOfTU=*/true);
2999   switch (Detector.analyzeField(Field, DeleteWasArrayForm)) {
3000   case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::VarInitMismatches:
3001     llvm_unreachable("This analysis should have been done for class members.");
3002   case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::AnalyzeLater:
3003     llvm_unreachable("Analysis cannot be postponed any point beyond end of "
3004                      "translation unit.");
3005   case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MemberInitMismatches:
3006     DiagnoseMismatchedNewDelete(*this, DeleteLoc, Detector);
3007     break;
3008   case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::NoMismatch:
3009     break;
3010   }
3011 }
3012 
3013 /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression (C++ 5.3.5), as in:
3014 /// @code ::delete ptr; @endcode
3015 /// or
3016 /// @code delete [] ptr; @endcode
3017 ExprResult
3018 Sema::ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal,
3019                      bool ArrayForm, Expr *ExE) {
3020   // C++ [expr.delete]p1:
3021   //   The operand shall have a pointer type, or a class type having a single
3022   //   non-explicit conversion function to a pointer type. The result has type
3023   //   void.
3024   //
3025   // DR599 amends "pointer type" to "pointer to object type" in both cases.
3026 
3027   ExprResult Ex = ExE;
3028   FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = nullptr;
3029   bool ArrayFormAsWritten = ArrayForm;
3030   bool UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = false;
3031 
3032   if (!Ex.get()->isTypeDependent()) {
3033     // Perform lvalue-to-rvalue cast, if needed.
3034     Ex = DefaultLvalueConversion(Ex.get());
3035     if (Ex.isInvalid())
3036       return ExprError();
3037 
3038     QualType Type = Ex.get()->getType();
3039 
3040     class DeleteConverter : public ContextualImplicitConverter {
3041     public:
3042       DeleteConverter() : ContextualImplicitConverter(false, true) {}
3043 
3044       bool match(QualType ConvType) override {
3045         // FIXME: If we have an operator T* and an operator void*, we must pick
3046         // the operator T*.
3047         if (const PointerType *ConvPtrType = ConvType->getAs<PointerType>())
3048           if (ConvPtrType->getPointeeType()->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
3049             return true;
3050         return false;
3051       }
3052 
3053       SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
3054                                             QualType T) override {
3055         return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_delete_operand) << T;
3056       }
3057 
3058       SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
3059                                                QualType T) override {
3060         return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_delete_incomplete_class_type) << T;
3061       }
3062 
3063       SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
3064                                                  QualType T,
3065                                                  QualType ConvTy) override {
3066         return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_delete_explicit_conversion) << T << ConvTy;
3067       }
3068 
3069       SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv,
3070                                              QualType ConvTy) override {
3071         return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_delete_conversion)
3072           << ConvTy;
3073       }
3074 
3075       SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
3076                                               QualType T) override {
3077         return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ambiguous_delete_operand) << T;
3078       }
3079 
3080       SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv,
3081                                           QualType ConvTy) override {
3082         return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_delete_conversion)
3083           << ConvTy;
3084       }
3085 
3086       SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
3087                                                QualType T,
3088                                                QualType ConvTy) override {
3089         llvm_unreachable("conversion functions are permitted");
3090       }
3091     } Converter;
3092 
3093     Ex = PerformContextualImplicitConversion(StartLoc, Ex.get(), Converter);
3094     if (Ex.isInvalid())
3095       return ExprError();
3096     Type = Ex.get()->getType();
3097     if (!Converter.match(Type))
3098       // FIXME: PerformContextualImplicitConversion should return ExprError
3099       //        itself in this case.
3100       return ExprError();
3101 
3102     QualType Pointee = Type->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3103     QualType PointeeElem = Context.getBaseElementType(Pointee);
3104 
3105     if (unsigned AddressSpace = Pointee.getAddressSpace())
3106       return Diag(Ex.get()->getLocStart(),
3107                   diag::err_address_space_qualified_delete)
3108                << Pointee.getUnqualifiedType() << AddressSpace;
3109 
3110     CXXRecordDecl *PointeeRD = nullptr;
3111     if (Pointee->isVoidType() && !isSFINAEContext()) {
3112       // The C++ standard bans deleting a pointer to a non-object type, which
3113       // effectively bans deletion of "void*". However, most compilers support
3114       // this, so we treat it as a warning unless we're in a SFINAE context.
3115       Diag(StartLoc, diag::ext_delete_void_ptr_operand)
3116         << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange();
3117     } else if (Pointee->isFunctionType() || Pointee->isVoidType()) {
3118       return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_delete_operand)
3119         << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange());
3120     } else if (!Pointee->isDependentType()) {
3121       // FIXME: This can result in errors if the definition was imported from a
3122       // module but is hidden.
3123       if (!RequireCompleteType(StartLoc, Pointee,
3124                                diag::warn_delete_incomplete, Ex.get())) {
3125         if (const RecordType *RT = PointeeElem->getAs<RecordType>())
3126           PointeeRD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
3127       }
3128     }
3129 
3130     if (Pointee->isArrayType() && !ArrayForm) {
3131       Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_delete_array_type)
3132           << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange()
3133           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(getLocForEndOfToken(StartLoc), "[]");
3134       ArrayForm = true;
3135     }
3136 
3137     DeclarationName DeleteName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
3138                                       ArrayForm ? OO_Array_Delete : OO_Delete);
3139 
3140     if (PointeeRD) {
3141       if (!UseGlobal &&
3142           FindDeallocationFunction(StartLoc, PointeeRD, DeleteName,
3143                                    OperatorDelete))
3144         return ExprError();
3145 
3146       // If we're allocating an array of records, check whether the
3147       // usual operator delete[] has a size_t parameter.
3148       if (ArrayForm) {
3149         // If the user specifically asked to use the global allocator,
3150         // we'll need to do the lookup into the class.
3151         if (UseGlobal)
3152           UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize =
3153             doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(*this, StartLoc, PointeeElem);
3154 
3155         // Otherwise, the usual operator delete[] should be the
3156         // function we just found.
3157         else if (OperatorDelete && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(OperatorDelete))
3158           UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize =
3159             UsualDeallocFnInfo(*this,
3160                                DeclAccessPair::make(OperatorDelete, AS_public))
3161               .HasSizeT;
3162       }
3163 
3164       if (!PointeeRD->hasIrrelevantDestructor())
3165         if (CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor = LookupDestructor(PointeeRD)) {
3166           MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc,
3167                                     const_cast<CXXDestructorDecl*>(Dtor));
3168           if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Dtor, StartLoc))
3169             return ExprError();
3170         }
3171 
3172       CheckVirtualDtorCall(PointeeRD->getDestructor(), StartLoc,
3173                            /*IsDelete=*/true, /*CallCanBeVirtual=*/true,
3174                            /*WarnOnNonAbstractTypes=*/!ArrayForm,
3175                            SourceLocation());
3176     }
3177 
3178     if (!OperatorDelete) {
3179       bool IsComplete = isCompleteType(StartLoc, Pointee);
3180       bool CanProvideSize =
3181           IsComplete && (!ArrayForm || UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize ||
3182                          Pointee.isDestructedType());
3183       bool Overaligned = hasNewExtendedAlignment(*this, Pointee);
3184 
3185       // Look for a global declaration.
3186       OperatorDelete = FindUsualDeallocationFunction(StartLoc, CanProvideSize,
3187                                                      Overaligned, DeleteName);
3188     }
3189 
3190     MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorDelete);
3191 
3192     // Check access and ambiguity of operator delete and destructor.
3193     if (PointeeRD) {
3194       if (CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor = LookupDestructor(PointeeRD)) {
3195           CheckDestructorAccess(Ex.get()->getExprLoc(), Dtor,
3196                       PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor) << PointeeElem);
3197       }
3198     }
3199   }
3200 
3201   CXXDeleteExpr *Result = new (Context) CXXDeleteExpr(
3202       Context.VoidTy, UseGlobal, ArrayForm, ArrayFormAsWritten,
3203       UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize, OperatorDelete, Ex.get(), StartLoc);
3204   AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(Result);
3205   return Result;
3206 }
3207 
3208 void Sema::CheckVirtualDtorCall(CXXDestructorDecl *dtor, SourceLocation Loc,
3209                                 bool IsDelete, bool CallCanBeVirtual,
3210                                 bool WarnOnNonAbstractTypes,
3211                                 SourceLocation DtorLoc) {
3212   if (!dtor || dtor->isVirtual() || !CallCanBeVirtual)
3213     return;
3214 
3215   // C++ [expr.delete]p3:
3216   //   In the first alternative (delete object), if the static type of the
3217   //   object to be deleted is different from its dynamic type, the static
3218   //   type shall be a base class of the dynamic type of the object to be
3219   //   deleted and the static type shall have a virtual destructor or the
3220   //   behavior is undefined.
3221   //
3222   const CXXRecordDecl *PointeeRD = dtor->getParent();
3223   // Note: a final class cannot be derived from, no issue there
3224   if (!PointeeRD->isPolymorphic() || PointeeRD->hasAttr<FinalAttr>())
3225     return;
3226 
3227   QualType ClassType = dtor->getThisType(Context)->getPointeeType();
3228   if (PointeeRD->isAbstract()) {
3229     // If the class is abstract, we warn by default, because we're
3230     // sure the code has undefined behavior.
3231     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_delete_abstract_non_virtual_dtor) << (IsDelete ? 0 : 1)
3232                                                            << ClassType;
3233   } else if (WarnOnNonAbstractTypes) {
3234     // Otherwise, if this is not an array delete, it's a bit suspect,
3235     // but not necessarily wrong.
3236     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_delete_non_virtual_dtor) << (IsDelete ? 0 : 1)
3237                                                   << ClassType;
3238   }
3239   if (!IsDelete) {
3240     std::string TypeStr;
3241     ClassType.getAsStringInternal(TypeStr, getPrintingPolicy());
3242     Diag(DtorLoc, diag::note_delete_non_virtual)
3243         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(DtorLoc, TypeStr + "::");
3244   }
3245 }
3246 
3247 Sema::ConditionResult Sema::ActOnConditionVariable(Decl *ConditionVar,
3248                                                    SourceLocation StmtLoc,
3249                                                    ConditionKind CK) {
3250   ExprResult E =
3251       CheckConditionVariable(cast<VarDecl>(ConditionVar), StmtLoc, CK);
3252   if (E.isInvalid())
3253     return ConditionError();
3254   return ConditionResult(*this, ConditionVar, MakeFullExpr(E.get(), StmtLoc),
3255                          CK == ConditionKind::ConstexprIf);
3256 }
3257 
3258 /// \brief Check the use of the given variable as a C++ condition in an if,
3259 /// while, do-while, or switch statement.
3260 ExprResult Sema::CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar,
3261                                         SourceLocation StmtLoc,
3262                                         ConditionKind CK) {
3263   if (ConditionVar->isInvalidDecl())
3264     return ExprError();
3265 
3266   QualType T = ConditionVar->getType();
3267 
3268   // C++ [stmt.select]p2:
3269   //   The declarator shall not specify a function or an array.
3270   if (T->isFunctionType())
3271     return ExprError(Diag(ConditionVar->getLocation(),
3272                           diag::err_invalid_use_of_function_type)
3273                        << ConditionVar->getSourceRange());
3274   else if (T->isArrayType())
3275     return ExprError(Diag(ConditionVar->getLocation(),
3276                           diag::err_invalid_use_of_array_type)
3277                      << ConditionVar->getSourceRange());
3278 
3279   ExprResult Condition = DeclRefExpr::Create(
3280       Context, NestedNameSpecifierLoc(), SourceLocation(), ConditionVar,
3281       /*enclosing*/ false, ConditionVar->getLocation(),
3282       ConditionVar->getType().getNonReferenceType(), VK_LValue);
3283 
3284   MarkDeclRefReferenced(cast<DeclRefExpr>(Condition.get()));
3285 
3286   switch (CK) {
3287   case ConditionKind::Boolean:
3288     return CheckBooleanCondition(StmtLoc, Condition.get());
3289 
3290   case ConditionKind::ConstexprIf:
3291     return CheckBooleanCondition(StmtLoc, Condition.get(), true);
3292 
3293   case ConditionKind::Switch:
3294     return CheckSwitchCondition(StmtLoc, Condition.get());
3295   }
3296 
3297   llvm_unreachable("unexpected condition kind");
3298 }
3299 
3300 /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if a conversion to bool is invalid.
3301 ExprResult Sema::CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr, bool IsConstexpr) {
3302   // C++ 6.4p4:
3303   // The value of a condition that is an initialized declaration in a statement
3304   // other than a switch statement is the value of the declared variable
3305   // implicitly converted to type bool. If that conversion is ill-formed, the
3306   // program is ill-formed.
3307   // The value of a condition that is an expression is the value of the
3308   // expression, implicitly converted to bool.
3309   //
3310   // FIXME: Return this value to the caller so they don't need to recompute it.
3311   llvm::APSInt Value(/*BitWidth*/1);
3312   return (IsConstexpr && !CondExpr->isValueDependent())
3313              ? CheckConvertedConstantExpression(CondExpr, Context.BoolTy, Value,
3314                                                 CCEK_ConstexprIf)
3315              : PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(CondExpr);
3316 }
3317 
3318 /// Helper function to determine whether this is the (deprecated) C++
3319 /// conversion from a string literal to a pointer to non-const char or
3320 /// non-const wchar_t (for narrow and wide string literals,
3321 /// respectively).
3322 bool
3323 Sema::IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType) {
3324   // Look inside the implicit cast, if it exists.
3325   if (ImplicitCastExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(From))
3326     From = Cast->getSubExpr();
3327 
3328   // A string literal (2.13.4) that is not a wide string literal can
3329   // be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to char"; a wide
3330   // string literal can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer
3331   // to wchar_t" (C++ 4.2p2).
3332   if (StringLiteral *StrLit = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(From->IgnoreParens()))
3333     if (const PointerType *ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<PointerType>())
3334       if (const BuiltinType *ToPointeeType
3335           = ToPtrType->getPointeeType()->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
3336         // This conversion is considered only when there is an
3337         // explicit appropriate pointer target type (C++ 4.2p2).
3338         if (!ToPtrType->getPointeeType().hasQualifiers()) {
3339           switch (StrLit->getKind()) {
3340             case StringLiteral::UTF8:
3341             case StringLiteral::UTF16:
3342             case StringLiteral::UTF32:
3343               // We don't allow UTF literals to be implicitly converted
3344               break;
3345             case StringLiteral::Ascii:
3346               return (ToPointeeType->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char_U ||
3347                       ToPointeeType->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char_S);
3348             case StringLiteral::Wide:
3349               return Context.typesAreCompatible(Context.getWideCharType(),
3350                                                 QualType(ToPointeeType, 0));
3351           }
3352         }
3353       }
3354 
3355   return false;
3356 }
3357 
3358 static ExprResult BuildCXXCastArgument(Sema &S,
3359                                        SourceLocation CastLoc,
3360                                        QualType Ty,
3361                                        CastKind Kind,
3362                                        CXXMethodDecl *Method,
3363                                        DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
3364                                        bool HadMultipleCandidates,
3365                                        Expr *From) {
3366   switch (Kind) {
3367   default: llvm_unreachable("Unhandled cast kind!");
3368   case CK_ConstructorConversion: {
3369     CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method);
3370     SmallVector<Expr*, 8> ConstructorArgs;
3371 
3372     if (S.RequireNonAbstractType(CastLoc, Ty,
3373                                  diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type))
3374       return ExprError();
3375 
3376     if (S.CompleteConstructorCall(Constructor, From, CastLoc, ConstructorArgs))
3377       return ExprError();
3378 
3379     S.CheckConstructorAccess(CastLoc, Constructor, FoundDecl,
3380                              InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Ty));
3381     if (S.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Method, CastLoc))
3382       return ExprError();
3383 
3384     ExprResult Result = S.BuildCXXConstructExpr(
3385         CastLoc, Ty, FoundDecl, cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method),
3386         ConstructorArgs, HadMultipleCandidates,
3387         /*ListInit*/ false, /*StdInitListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false,
3388         CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange());
3389     if (Result.isInvalid())
3390       return ExprError();
3391 
3392     return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(Result.getAs<Expr>());
3393   }
3394 
3395   case CK_UserDefinedConversion: {
3396     assert(!From->getType()->isPointerType() && "Arg can't have pointer type!");
3397 
3398     S.CheckMemberOperatorAccess(CastLoc, From, /*arg*/ nullptr, FoundDecl);
3399     if (S.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Method, CastLoc))
3400       return ExprError();
3401 
3402     // Create an implicit call expr that calls it.
3403     CXXConversionDecl *Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(Method);
3404     ExprResult Result = S.BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(From, FoundDecl, Conv,
3405                                                  HadMultipleCandidates);
3406     if (Result.isInvalid())
3407       return ExprError();
3408     // Record usage of conversion in an implicit cast.
3409     Result = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(S.Context, Result.get()->getType(),
3410                                       CK_UserDefinedConversion, Result.get(),
3411                                       nullptr, Result.get()->getValueKind());
3412 
3413     return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(Result.get());
3414   }
3415   }
3416 }
3417 
3418 /// PerformImplicitConversion - Perform an implicit conversion of the
3419 /// expression From to the type ToType using the pre-computed implicit
3420 /// conversion sequence ICS. Returns the converted
3421 /// expression. Action is the kind of conversion we're performing,
3422 /// used in the error message.
3423 ExprResult
3424 Sema::PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
3425                                 const ImplicitConversionSequence &ICS,
3426                                 AssignmentAction Action,
3427                                 CheckedConversionKind CCK) {
3428   switch (ICS.getKind()) {
3429   case ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion: {
3430     ExprResult Res = PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, ICS.Standard,
3431                                                Action, CCK);
3432     if (Res.isInvalid())
3433       return ExprError();
3434     From = Res.get();
3435     break;
3436   }
3437 
3438   case ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion: {
3439 
3440       FunctionDecl *FD = ICS.UserDefined.ConversionFunction;
3441       CastKind CastKind;
3442       QualType BeforeToType;
3443       assert(FD && "no conversion function for user-defined conversion seq");
3444       if (const CXXConversionDecl *Conv = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(FD)) {
3445         CastKind = CK_UserDefinedConversion;
3446 
3447         // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a conversion function,
3448         // the initial standard conversion sequence converts the source type to
3449         // the implicit object parameter of the conversion function.
3450         BeforeToType = Context.getTagDeclType(Conv->getParent());
3451       } else {
3452         const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD);
3453         CastKind = CK_ConstructorConversion;
3454         // Do no conversion if dealing with ... for the first conversion.
3455         if (!ICS.UserDefined.EllipsisConversion) {
3456           // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a constructor, the
3457           // initial standard conversion sequence converts the source type to
3458           // the type required by the argument of the constructor
3459           BeforeToType = Ctor->getParamDecl(0)->getType().getNonReferenceType();
3460         }
3461       }
3462       // Watch out for ellipsis conversion.
3463       if (!ICS.UserDefined.EllipsisConversion) {
3464         ExprResult Res =
3465           PerformImplicitConversion(From, BeforeToType,
3466                                     ICS.UserDefined.Before, AA_Converting,
3467                                     CCK);
3468         if (Res.isInvalid())
3469           return ExprError();
3470         From = Res.get();
3471       }
3472 
3473       ExprResult CastArg
3474         = BuildCXXCastArgument(*this,
3475                                From->getLocStart(),
3476                                ToType.getNonReferenceType(),
3477                                CastKind, cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD),
3478                                ICS.UserDefined.FoundConversionFunction,
3479                                ICS.UserDefined.HadMultipleCandidates,
3480                                From);
3481 
3482       if (CastArg.isInvalid())
3483         return ExprError();
3484 
3485       From = CastArg.get();
3486 
3487       return PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, ICS.UserDefined.After,
3488                                        AA_Converting, CCK);
3489   }
3490 
3491   case ImplicitConversionSequence::AmbiguousConversion:
3492     ICS.DiagnoseAmbiguousConversion(*this, From->getExprLoc(),
3493                           PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_ambiguous_condition)
3494                             << From->getSourceRange());
3495      return ExprError();
3496 
3497   case ImplicitConversionSequence::EllipsisConversion:
3498     llvm_unreachable("Cannot perform an ellipsis conversion");
3499 
3500   case ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion:
3501     bool Diagnosed =
3502         DiagnoseAssignmentResult(Incompatible, From->getExprLoc(), ToType,
3503                                  From->getType(), From, Action);
3504     assert(Diagnosed && "failed to diagnose bad conversion"); (void)Diagnosed;
3505     return ExprError();
3506   }
3507 
3508   // Everything went well.
3509   return From;
3510 }
3511 
3512 /// PerformImplicitConversion - Perform an implicit conversion of the
3513 /// expression From to the type ToType by following the standard
3514 /// conversion sequence SCS. Returns the converted
3515 /// expression. Flavor is the context in which we're performing this
3516 /// conversion, for use in error messages.
3517 ExprResult
3518 Sema::PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
3519                                 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS,
3520                                 AssignmentAction Action,
3521                                 CheckedConversionKind CCK) {
3522   bool CStyle = (CCK == CCK_CStyleCast || CCK == CCK_FunctionalCast);
3523 
3524   // Overall FIXME: we are recomputing too many types here and doing far too
3525   // much extra work. What this means is that we need to keep track of more
3526   // information that is computed when we try the implicit conversion initially,
3527   // so that we don't need to recompute anything here.
3528   QualType FromType = From->getType();
3529 
3530   if (SCS.CopyConstructor) {
3531     // FIXME: When can ToType be a reference type?
3532     assert(!ToType->isReferenceType());
3533     if (SCS.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base) {
3534       SmallVector<Expr*, 8> ConstructorArgs;
3535       if (CompleteConstructorCall(cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(SCS.CopyConstructor),
3536                                   From, /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/SourceLocation(),
3537                                   ConstructorArgs))
3538         return ExprError();
3539       return BuildCXXConstructExpr(
3540           /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/ SourceLocation(), ToType,
3541           SCS.FoundCopyConstructor, SCS.CopyConstructor,
3542           ConstructorArgs, /*HadMultipleCandidates*/ false,
3543           /*ListInit*/ false, /*StdInitListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false,
3544           CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange());
3545     }
3546     return BuildCXXConstructExpr(
3547         /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/ SourceLocation(), ToType,
3548         SCS.FoundCopyConstructor, SCS.CopyConstructor,
3549         From, /*HadMultipleCandidates*/ false,
3550         /*ListInit*/ false, /*StdInitListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false,
3551         CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange());
3552   }
3553 
3554   // Resolve overloaded function references.
3555   if (Context.hasSameType(FromType, Context.OverloadTy)) {
3556     DeclAccessPair Found;
3557     FunctionDecl *Fn = ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(From, ToType,
3558                                                           true, Found);
3559     if (!Fn)
3560       return ExprError();
3561 
3562     if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Fn, From->getLocStart()))
3563       return ExprError();
3564 
3565     From = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(From, Found, Fn);
3566     FromType = From->getType();
3567   }
3568 
3569   // If we're converting to an atomic type, first convert to the corresponding
3570   // non-atomic type.
3571   QualType ToAtomicType;
3572   if (const AtomicType *ToAtomic = ToType->getAs<AtomicType>()) {
3573     ToAtomicType = ToType;
3574     ToType = ToAtomic->getValueType();
3575   }
3576 
3577   QualType InitialFromType = FromType;
3578   // Perform the first implicit conversion.
3579   switch (SCS.First) {
3580   case ICK_Identity:
3581     if (const AtomicType *FromAtomic = FromType->getAs<AtomicType>()) {
3582       FromType = FromAtomic->getValueType().getUnqualifiedType();
3583       From = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, FromType, CK_AtomicToNonAtomic,
3584                                       From, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, VK_RValue);
3585     }
3586     break;
3587 
3588   case ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue: {
3589     assert(From->getObjectKind() != OK_ObjCProperty);
3590     ExprResult FromRes = DefaultLvalueConversion(From);
3591     assert(!FromRes.isInvalid() && "Can't perform deduced conversion?!");
3592     From = FromRes.get();
3593     FromType = From->getType();
3594     break;
3595   }
3596 
3597   case ICK_Array_To_Pointer:
3598     FromType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType);
3599     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, FromType, CK_ArrayToPointerDecay,
3600                              VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3601     break;
3602 
3603   case ICK_Function_To_Pointer:
3604     FromType = Context.getPointerType(FromType);
3605     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, FromType, CK_FunctionToPointerDecay,
3606                              VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3607     break;
3608 
3609   default:
3610     llvm_unreachable("Improper first standard conversion");
3611   }
3612 
3613   // Perform the second implicit conversion
3614   switch (SCS.Second) {
3615   case ICK_Identity:
3616     // C++ [except.spec]p5:
3617     //   [For] assignment to and initialization of pointers to functions,
3618     //   pointers to member functions, and references to functions: the
3619     //   target entity shall allow at least the exceptions allowed by the
3620     //   source value in the assignment or initialization.
3621     switch (Action) {
3622     case AA_Assigning:
3623     case AA_Initializing:
3624       // Note, function argument passing and returning are initialization.
3625     case AA_Passing:
3626     case AA_Returning:
3627     case AA_Sending:
3628     case AA_Passing_CFAudited:
3629       if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType))
3630         return ExprError();
3631       break;
3632 
3633     case AA_Casting:
3634     case AA_Converting:
3635       // Casts and implicit conversions are not initialization, so are not
3636       // checked for exception specification mismatches.
3637       break;
3638     }
3639     // Nothing else to do.
3640     break;
3641 
3642   case ICK_Integral_Promotion:
3643   case ICK_Integral_Conversion:
3644     if (ToType->isBooleanType()) {
3645       assert(FromType->castAs<EnumType>()->getDecl()->isFixed() &&
3646              SCS.Second == ICK_Integral_Promotion &&
3647              "only enums with fixed underlying type can promote to bool");
3648       From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralToBoolean,
3649                                VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3650     } else {
3651       From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralCast,
3652                                VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3653     }
3654     break;
3655 
3656   case ICK_Floating_Promotion:
3657   case ICK_Floating_Conversion:
3658     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_FloatingCast,
3659                              VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3660     break;
3661 
3662   case ICK_Complex_Promotion:
3663   case ICK_Complex_Conversion: {
3664     QualType FromEl = From->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType();
3665     QualType ToEl = ToType->getAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType();
3666     CastKind CK;
3667     if (FromEl->isRealFloatingType()) {
3668       if (ToEl->isRealFloatingType())
3669         CK = CK_FloatingComplexCast;
3670       else
3671         CK = CK_FloatingComplexToIntegralComplex;
3672     } else if (ToEl->isRealFloatingType()) {
3673       CK = CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex;
3674     } else {
3675       CK = CK_IntegralComplexCast;
3676     }
3677     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK,
3678                              VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3679     break;
3680   }
3681 
3682   case ICK_Floating_Integral:
3683     if (ToType->isRealFloatingType())
3684       From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralToFloating,
3685                                VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3686     else
3687       From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_FloatingToIntegral,
3688                                VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3689     break;
3690 
3691   case ICK_Compatible_Conversion:
3692       From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_NoOp,
3693                                VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3694     break;
3695 
3696   case ICK_Writeback_Conversion:
3697   case ICK_Pointer_Conversion: {
3698     if (SCS.IncompatibleObjC && Action != AA_Casting) {
3699       // Diagnose incompatible Objective-C conversions
3700       if (Action == AA_Initializing || Action == AA_Assigning)
3701         Diag(From->getLocStart(),
3702              diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer)
3703           << ToType << From->getType() << Action
3704           << From->getSourceRange() << 0;
3705       else
3706         Diag(From->getLocStart(),
3707              diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer)
3708           << From->getType() << ToType << Action
3709           << From->getSourceRange() << 0;
3710 
3711       if (From->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
3712           ToType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
3713         EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(From);
3714     }
3715     else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
3716              !CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(ToType,
3717                                                     From->getType())) {
3718       if (Action == AA_Initializing)
3719         Diag(From->getLocStart(),
3720              diag::err_arc_weak_unavailable_assign);
3721       else
3722         Diag(From->getLocStart(),
3723              diag::err_arc_convesion_of_weak_unavailable)
3724           << (Action == AA_Casting) << From->getType() << ToType
3725           << From->getSourceRange();
3726     }
3727 
3728     CastKind Kind = CK_Invalid;
3729     CXXCastPath BasePath;
3730     if (CheckPointerConversion(From, ToType, Kind, BasePath, CStyle))
3731       return ExprError();
3732 
3733     // Make sure we extend blocks if necessary.
3734     // FIXME: doing this here is really ugly.
3735     if (Kind == CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast) {
3736       ExprResult E = From;
3737       (void) PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(E);
3738       From = E.get();
3739     }
3740     if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount)
3741       CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange(), ToType, From, CCK);
3742     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, Kind, VK_RValue, &BasePath, CCK)
3743              .get();
3744     break;
3745   }
3746 
3747   case ICK_Pointer_Member: {
3748     CastKind Kind = CK_Invalid;
3749     CXXCastPath BasePath;
3750     if (CheckMemberPointerConversion(From, ToType, Kind, BasePath, CStyle))
3751       return ExprError();
3752     if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType))
3753       return ExprError();
3754 
3755     // We may not have been able to figure out what this member pointer resolved
3756     // to up until this exact point.  Attempt to lock-in it's inheritance model.
3757     if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) {
3758       (void)isCompleteType(From->getExprLoc(), From->getType());
3759       (void)isCompleteType(From->getExprLoc(), ToType);
3760     }
3761 
3762     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, Kind, VK_RValue, &BasePath, CCK)
3763              .get();
3764     break;
3765   }
3766 
3767   case ICK_Boolean_Conversion:
3768     // Perform half-to-boolean conversion via float.
3769     if (From->getType()->isHalfType()) {
3770       From = ImpCastExprToType(From, Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast).get();
3771       FromType = Context.FloatTy;
3772     }
3773 
3774     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, Context.BoolTy,
3775                              ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(FromType),
3776                              VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3777     break;
3778 
3779   case ICK_Derived_To_Base: {
3780     CXXCastPath BasePath;
3781     if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(From->getType(),
3782                                      ToType.getNonReferenceType(),
3783                                      From->getLocStart(),
3784                                      From->getSourceRange(),
3785                                      &BasePath,
3786                                      CStyle))
3787       return ExprError();
3788 
3789     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getNonReferenceType(),
3790                       CK_DerivedToBase, From->getValueKind(),
3791                       &BasePath, CCK).get();
3792     break;
3793   }
3794 
3795   case ICK_Vector_Conversion:
3796     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_BitCast,
3797                              VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3798     break;
3799 
3800   case ICK_Vector_Splat: {
3801     // Vector splat from any arithmetic type to a vector.
3802     Expr *Elem = prepareVectorSplat(ToType, From).get();
3803     From = ImpCastExprToType(Elem, ToType, CK_VectorSplat, VK_RValue,
3804                              /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3805     break;
3806   }
3807 
3808   case ICK_Complex_Real:
3809     // Case 1.  x -> _Complex y
3810     if (const ComplexType *ToComplex = ToType->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
3811       QualType ElType = ToComplex->getElementType();
3812       bool isFloatingComplex = ElType->isRealFloatingType();
3813 
3814       // x -> y
3815       if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ElType, From->getType())) {
3816         // do nothing
3817       } else if (From->getType()->isRealFloatingType()) {
3818         From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType,
3819                 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingCast : CK_FloatingToIntegral).get();
3820       } else {
3821         assert(From->getType()->isIntegerType());
3822         From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType,
3823                 isFloatingComplex ? CK_IntegralToFloating : CK_IntegralCast).get();
3824       }
3825       // y -> _Complex y
3826       From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType,
3827                    isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingRealToComplex
3828                                      : CK_IntegralRealToComplex).get();
3829 
3830     // Case 2.  _Complex x -> y
3831     } else {
3832       const ComplexType *FromComplex = From->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>();
3833       assert(FromComplex);
3834 
3835       QualType ElType = FromComplex->getElementType();
3836       bool isFloatingComplex = ElType->isRealFloatingType();
3837 
3838       // _Complex x -> x
3839       From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType,
3840                    isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingComplexToReal
3841                                      : CK_IntegralComplexToReal,
3842                                VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3843 
3844       // x -> y
3845       if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ElType, ToType)) {
3846         // do nothing
3847       } else if (ToType->isRealFloatingType()) {
3848         From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType,
3849                    isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingCast : CK_IntegralToFloating,
3850                                  VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3851       } else {
3852         assert(ToType->isIntegerType());
3853         From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType,
3854                    isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingToIntegral : CK_IntegralCast,
3855                                  VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3856       }
3857     }
3858     break;
3859 
3860   case ICK_Block_Pointer_Conversion: {
3861     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getUnqualifiedType(), CK_BitCast,
3862                              VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3863     break;
3864   }
3865 
3866   case ICK_TransparentUnionConversion: {
3867     ExprResult FromRes = From;
3868     Sema::AssignConvertType ConvTy =
3869       CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(ToType, FromRes);
3870     if (FromRes.isInvalid())
3871       return ExprError();
3872     From = FromRes.get();
3873     assert ((ConvTy == Sema::Compatible) &&
3874             "Improper transparent union conversion");
3875     (void)ConvTy;
3876     break;
3877   }
3878 
3879   case ICK_Zero_Event_Conversion:
3880     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType,
3881                              CK_ZeroToOCLEvent,
3882                              From->getValueKind()).get();
3883     break;
3884 
3885   case ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue:
3886   case ICK_Array_To_Pointer:
3887   case ICK_Function_To_Pointer:
3888   case ICK_Function_Conversion:
3889   case ICK_Qualification:
3890   case ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds:
3891   case ICK_C_Only_Conversion:
3892   case ICK_Incompatible_Pointer_Conversion:
3893     llvm_unreachable("Improper second standard conversion");
3894   }
3895 
3896   switch (SCS.Third) {
3897   case ICK_Identity:
3898     // Nothing to do.
3899     break;
3900 
3901   case ICK_Function_Conversion:
3902     // If both sides are functions (or pointers/references to them), there could
3903     // be incompatible exception declarations.
3904     if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType))
3905       return ExprError();
3906 
3907     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_NoOp,
3908                              VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3909     break;
3910 
3911   case ICK_Qualification: {
3912     // The qualification keeps the category of the inner expression, unless the
3913     // target type isn't a reference.
3914     ExprValueKind VK = ToType->isReferenceType() ?
3915                                   From->getValueKind() : VK_RValue;
3916     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getNonLValueExprType(Context),
3917                              CK_NoOp, VK, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3918 
3919     if (SCS.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr &&
3920         !getLangOpts().WritableStrings) {
3921       Diag(From->getLocStart(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
3922            ? diag::ext_deprecated_string_literal_conversion
3923            : diag::warn_deprecated_string_literal_conversion)
3924         << ToType.getNonReferenceType();
3925     }
3926 
3927     break;
3928   }
3929 
3930   default:
3931     llvm_unreachable("Improper third standard conversion");
3932   }
3933 
3934   // If this conversion sequence involved a scalar -> atomic conversion, perform
3935   // that conversion now.
3936   if (!ToAtomicType.isNull()) {
3937     assert(Context.hasSameType(
3938         ToAtomicType->castAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType(), From->getType()));
3939     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToAtomicType, CK_NonAtomicToAtomic,
3940                              VK_RValue, nullptr, CCK).get();
3941   }
3942 
3943   // If this conversion sequence succeeded and involved implicitly converting a
3944   // _Nullable type to a _Nonnull one, complain.
3945   if (CCK == CCK_ImplicitConversion)
3946     diagnoseNullableToNonnullConversion(ToType, InitialFromType,
3947                                         From->getLocStart());
3948 
3949   return From;
3950 }
3951 
3952 /// \brief Check the completeness of a type in a unary type trait.
3953 ///
3954 /// If the particular type trait requires a complete type, tries to complete
3955 /// it. If completing the type fails, a diagnostic is emitted and false
3956 /// returned. If completing the type succeeds or no completion was required,
3957 /// returns true.
3958 static bool CheckUnaryTypeTraitTypeCompleteness(Sema &S, TypeTrait UTT,
3959                                                 SourceLocation Loc,
3960                                                 QualType ArgTy) {
3961   // C++0x [meta.unary.prop]p3:
3962   //   For all of the class templates X declared in this Clause, instantiating
3963   //   that template with a template argument that is a class template
3964   //   specialization may result in the implicit instantiation of the template
3965   //   argument if and only if the semantics of X require that the argument
3966   //   must be a complete type.
3967   // We apply this rule to all the type trait expressions used to implement
3968   // these class templates. We also try to follow any GCC documented behavior
3969   // in these expressions to ensure portability of standard libraries.
3970   switch (UTT) {
3971   default: llvm_unreachable("not a UTT");
3972     // is_complete_type somewhat obviously cannot require a complete type.
3973   case UTT_IsCompleteType:
3974     // Fall-through
3975 
3976     // These traits are modeled on the type predicates in C++0x
3977     // [meta.unary.cat] and [meta.unary.comp]. They are not specified as
3978     // requiring a complete type, as whether or not they return true cannot be
3979     // impacted by the completeness of the type.
3980   case UTT_IsVoid:
3981   case UTT_IsIntegral:
3982   case UTT_IsFloatingPoint:
3983   case UTT_IsArray:
3984   case UTT_IsPointer:
3985   case UTT_IsLvalueReference:
3986   case UTT_IsRvalueReference:
3987   case UTT_IsMemberFunctionPointer:
3988   case UTT_IsMemberObjectPointer:
3989   case UTT_IsEnum:
3990   case UTT_IsUnion:
3991   case UTT_IsClass:
3992   case UTT_IsFunction:
3993   case UTT_IsReference:
3994   case UTT_IsArithmetic:
3995   case UTT_IsFundamental:
3996   case UTT_IsObject:
3997   case UTT_IsScalar:
3998   case UTT_IsCompound:
3999   case UTT_IsMemberPointer:
4000     // Fall-through
4001 
4002     // These traits are modeled on type predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.prop]
4003     // which requires some of its traits to have the complete type. However,
4004     // the completeness of the type cannot impact these traits' semantics, and
4005     // so they don't require it. This matches the comments on these traits in
4006     // Table 49.
4007   case UTT_IsConst:
4008   case UTT_IsVolatile:
4009   case UTT_IsSigned:
4010   case UTT_IsUnsigned:
4011 
4012   // This type trait always returns false, checking the type is moot.
4013   case UTT_IsInterfaceClass:
4014     return true;
4015 
4016   // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]:
4017   //   If T is a non-union class type, T shall be a complete type.
4018   case UTT_IsEmpty:
4019   case UTT_IsPolymorphic:
4020   case UTT_IsAbstract:
4021     if (const auto *RD = ArgTy->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
4022       if (!RD->isUnion())
4023         return !S.RequireCompleteType(
4024             Loc, ArgTy, diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr);
4025     return true;
4026 
4027   // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]:
4028   //   If T is a class type, T shall be a complete type.
4029   case UTT_IsFinal:
4030   case UTT_IsSealed:
4031     if (ArgTy->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
4032       return !S.RequireCompleteType(
4033           Loc, ArgTy, diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr);
4034     return true;
4035 
4036   // C++0x [meta.unary.prop] Table 49 requires the following traits to be
4037   // applied to a complete type.
4038   case UTT_IsTrivial:
4039   case UTT_IsTriviallyCopyable:
4040   case UTT_IsStandardLayout:
4041   case UTT_IsPOD:
4042   case UTT_IsLiteral:
4043 
4044   case UTT_IsDestructible:
4045   case UTT_IsNothrowDestructible:
4046     // Fall-through
4047 
4048     // These trait expressions are designed to help implement predicates in
4049     // [meta.unary.prop] despite not being named the same. They are specified
4050     // by both GCC and the Embarcadero C++ compiler, and require the complete
4051     // type due to the overarching C++0x type predicates being implemented
4052     // requiring the complete type.
4053   case UTT_HasNothrowAssign:
4054   case UTT_HasNothrowMoveAssign:
4055   case UTT_HasNothrowConstructor:
4056   case UTT_HasNothrowCopy:
4057   case UTT_HasTrivialAssign:
4058   case UTT_HasTrivialMoveAssign:
4059   case UTT_HasTrivialDefaultConstructor:
4060   case UTT_HasTrivialMoveConstructor:
4061   case UTT_HasTrivialCopy:
4062   case UTT_HasTrivialDestructor:
4063   case UTT_HasVirtualDestructor:
4064     // Arrays of unknown bound are expressly allowed.
4065     QualType ElTy = ArgTy;
4066     if (ArgTy->isIncompleteArrayType())
4067       ElTy = S.Context.getAsArrayType(ArgTy)->getElementType();
4068 
4069     // The void type is expressly allowed.
4070     if (ElTy->isVoidType())
4071       return true;
4072 
4073     return !S.RequireCompleteType(
4074       Loc, ElTy, diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr);
4075   }
4076 }
4077 
4078 static bool HasNoThrowOperator(const RecordType *RT, OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
4079                                Sema &Self, SourceLocation KeyLoc, ASTContext &C,
4080                                bool (CXXRecordDecl::*HasTrivial)() const,
4081                                bool (CXXRecordDecl::*HasNonTrivial)() const,
4082                                bool (CXXMethodDecl::*IsDesiredOp)() const)
4083 {
4084   CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
4085   if ((RD->*HasTrivial)() && !(RD->*HasNonTrivial)())
4086     return true;
4087 
4088   DeclarationName Name = C.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
4089   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, KeyLoc);
4090   LookupResult Res(Self, NameInfo, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
4091   if (Self.LookupQualifiedName(Res, RD)) {
4092     bool FoundOperator = false;
4093     Res.suppressDiagnostics();
4094     for (LookupResult::iterator Op = Res.begin(), OpEnd = Res.end();
4095          Op != OpEnd; ++Op) {
4096       if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Op))
4097         continue;
4098 
4099       CXXMethodDecl *Operator = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Op);
4100       if((Operator->*IsDesiredOp)()) {
4101         FoundOperator = true;
4102         const FunctionProtoType *CPT =
4103           Operator->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
4104         CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT);
4105         if (!CPT || !CPT->isNothrow(C))
4106           return false;
4107       }
4108     }
4109     return FoundOperator;
4110   }
4111   return false;
4112 }
4113 
4114 static bool EvaluateUnaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, TypeTrait UTT,
4115                                    SourceLocation KeyLoc, QualType T) {
4116   assert(!T->isDependentType() && "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent type");
4117 
4118   ASTContext &C = Self.Context;
4119   switch(UTT) {
4120   default: llvm_unreachable("not a UTT");
4121     // Type trait expressions corresponding to the primary type category
4122     // predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.cat].
4123   case UTT_IsVoid:
4124     return T->isVoidType();
4125   case UTT_IsIntegral:
4126     return T->isIntegralType(C);
4127   case UTT_IsFloatingPoint:
4128     return T->isFloatingType();
4129   case UTT_IsArray:
4130     return T->isArrayType();
4131   case UTT_IsPointer:
4132     return T->isPointerType();
4133   case UTT_IsLvalueReference:
4134     return T->isLValueReferenceType();
4135   case UTT_IsRvalueReference:
4136     return T->isRValueReferenceType();
4137   case UTT_IsMemberFunctionPointer:
4138     return T->isMemberFunctionPointerType();
4139   case UTT_IsMemberObjectPointer:
4140     return T->isMemberDataPointerType();
4141   case UTT_IsEnum:
4142     return T->isEnumeralType();
4143   case UTT_IsUnion:
4144     return T->isUnionType();
4145   case UTT_IsClass:
4146     return T->isClassType() || T->isStructureType() || T->isInterfaceType();
4147   case UTT_IsFunction:
4148     return T->isFunctionType();
4149 
4150     // Type trait expressions which correspond to the convenient composition
4151     // predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.comp].
4152   case UTT_IsReference:
4153     return T->isReferenceType();
4154   case UTT_IsArithmetic:
4155     return T->isArithmeticType() && !T->isEnumeralType();
4156   case UTT_IsFundamental:
4157     return T->isFundamentalType();
4158   case UTT_IsObject:
4159     return T->isObjectType();
4160   case UTT_IsScalar:
4161     // Note: semantic analysis depends on Objective-C lifetime types to be
4162     // considered scalar types. However, such types do not actually behave
4163     // like scalar types at run time (since they may require retain/release
4164     // operations), so we report them as non-scalar.
4165     if (T->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
4166       switch (T.getObjCLifetime()) {
4167       case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
4168       case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
4169         return true;
4170 
4171       case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
4172       case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
4173       case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
4174         return false;
4175       }
4176     }
4177 
4178     return T->isScalarType();
4179   case UTT_IsCompound:
4180     return T->isCompoundType();
4181   case UTT_IsMemberPointer:
4182     return T->isMemberPointerType();
4183 
4184     // Type trait expressions which correspond to the type property predicates
4185     // in C++0x [meta.unary.prop].
4186   case UTT_IsConst:
4187     return T.isConstQualified();
4188   case UTT_IsVolatile:
4189     return T.isVolatileQualified();
4190   case UTT_IsTrivial:
4191     return T.isTrivialType(C);
4192   case UTT_IsTriviallyCopyable:
4193     return T.isTriviallyCopyableType(C);
4194   case UTT_IsStandardLayout:
4195     return T->isStandardLayoutType();
4196   case UTT_IsPOD:
4197     return T.isPODType(C);
4198   case UTT_IsLiteral:
4199     return T->isLiteralType(C);
4200   case UTT_IsEmpty:
4201     if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
4202       return !RD->isUnion() && RD->isEmpty();
4203     return false;
4204   case UTT_IsPolymorphic:
4205     if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
4206       return !RD->isUnion() && RD->isPolymorphic();
4207     return false;
4208   case UTT_IsAbstract:
4209     if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
4210       return !RD->isUnion() && RD->isAbstract();
4211     return false;
4212   // __is_interface_class only returns true when CL is invoked in /CLR mode and
4213   // even then only when it is used with the 'interface struct ...' syntax
4214   // Clang doesn't support /CLR which makes this type trait moot.
4215   case UTT_IsInterfaceClass:
4216     return false;
4217   case UTT_IsFinal:
4218   case UTT_IsSealed:
4219     if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
4220       return RD->hasAttr<FinalAttr>();
4221     return false;
4222   case UTT_IsSigned:
4223     return T->isSignedIntegerType();
4224   case UTT_IsUnsigned:
4225     return T->isUnsignedIntegerType();
4226 
4227     // Type trait expressions which query classes regarding their construction,
4228     // destruction, and copying. Rather than being based directly on the
4229     // related type predicates in the standard, they are specified by both
4230     // GCC[1] and the Embarcadero C++ compiler[2], and Clang implements those
4231     // specifications.
4232     //
4233     //   1: http://gcc.gnu/.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html
4234     //   2: http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Type_Trait_Functions_(C%2B%2B0x)_Index
4235     //
4236     // Note that these builtins do not behave as documented in g++: if a class
4237     // has both a trivial and a non-trivial special member of a particular kind,
4238     // they return false! For now, we emulate this behavior.
4239     // FIXME: This appears to be a g++ bug: more complex cases reveal that it
4240     // does not correctly compute triviality in the presence of multiple special
4241     // members of the same kind. Revisit this once the g++ bug is fixed.
4242   case UTT_HasTrivialDefaultConstructor:
4243     // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
4244     //   If __is_pod (type) is true then the trait is true, else if type is
4245     //   a cv class or union type (or array thereof) with a trivial default
4246     //   constructor ([class.ctor]) then the trait is true, else it is false.
4247     if (T.isPODType(C))
4248       return true;
4249     if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
4250       return RD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor() &&
4251              !RD->hasNonTrivialDefaultConstructor();
4252     return false;
4253   case UTT_HasTrivialMoveConstructor:
4254     //  This trait is implemented by MSVC 2012 and needed to parse the
4255     //  standard library headers. Specifically this is used as the logic
4256     //  behind std::is_trivially_move_constructible (20.9.4.3).
4257     if (T.isPODType(C))
4258       return true;
4259     if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
4260       return RD->hasTrivialMoveConstructor() && !RD->hasNonTrivialMoveConstructor();
4261     return false;
4262   case UTT_HasTrivialCopy:
4263     // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
4264     //   If __is_pod (type) is true or type is a reference type then
4265     //   the trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union type
4266     //   with a trivial copy constructor ([class.copy]) then the trait
4267     //   is true, else it is false.
4268     if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isReferenceType())
4269       return true;
4270     if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
4271       return RD->hasTrivialCopyConstructor() &&
4272              !RD->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor();
4273     return false;
4274   case UTT_HasTrivialMoveAssign:
4275     //  This trait is implemented by MSVC 2012 and needed to parse the
4276     //  standard library headers. Specifically it is used as the logic
4277     //  behind std::is_trivially_move_assignable (20.9.4.3)
4278     if (T.isPODType(C))
4279       return true;
4280     if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
4281       return RD->hasTrivialMoveAssignment() && !RD->hasNonTrivialMoveAssignment();
4282     return false;
4283   case UTT_HasTrivialAssign:
4284     // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
4285     //   If type is const qualified or is a reference type then the
4286     //   trait is false. Otherwise if __is_pod (type) is true then the
4287     //   trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union type with
4288     //   a trivial copy assignment ([class.copy]) then the trait is
4289     //   true, else it is false.
4290     // Note: the const and reference restrictions are interesting,
4291     // given that const and reference members don't prevent a class
4292     // from having a trivial copy assignment operator (but do cause
4293     // errors if the copy assignment operator is actually used, q.v.
4294     // [class.copy]p12).
4295 
4296     if (T.isConstQualified())
4297       return false;
4298     if (T.isPODType(C))
4299       return true;
4300     if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
4301       return RD->hasTrivialCopyAssignment() &&
4302              !RD->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment();
4303     return false;
4304   case UTT_IsDestructible:
4305   case UTT_IsNothrowDestructible:
4306     // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]:
4307     //   For reference types, is_destructible<T>::value is true.
4308     if (T->isReferenceType())
4309       return true;
4310 
4311     // Objective-C++ ARC: autorelease types don't require destruction.
4312     if (T->isObjCLifetimeType() &&
4313         T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing)
4314       return true;
4315 
4316     // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]:
4317     //   For incomplete types and function types, is_destructible<T>::value is
4318     //   false.
4319     if (T->isIncompleteType() || T->isFunctionType())
4320       return false;
4321 
4322     // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]:
4323     //   For object types and given U equal to remove_all_extents_t<T>, if the
4324     //   expression std::declval<U&>().~U() is well-formed when treated as an
4325     //   unevaluated operand (Clause 5), then is_destructible<T>::value is true
4326     if (auto *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
4327       CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = Self.LookupDestructor(RD);
4328       if (!Destructor)
4329         return false;
4330       //  C++14 [dcl.fct.def.delete]p2:
4331       //    A program that refers to a deleted function implicitly or
4332       //    explicitly, other than to declare it, is ill-formed.
4333       if (Destructor->isDeleted())
4334         return false;
4335       if (C.getLangOpts().AccessControl && Destructor->getAccess() != AS_public)
4336         return false;
4337       if (UTT == UTT_IsNothrowDestructible) {
4338         const FunctionProtoType *CPT =
4339             Destructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
4340         CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT);
4341         if (!CPT || !CPT->isNothrow(C))
4342           return false;
4343       }
4344     }
4345     return true;
4346 
4347   case UTT_HasTrivialDestructor:
4348     // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html
4349     //   If __is_pod (type) is true or type is a reference type
4350     //   then the trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union
4351     //   type (or array thereof) with a trivial destructor
4352     //   ([class.dtor]) then the trait is true, else it is
4353     //   false.
4354     if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isReferenceType())
4355       return true;
4356 
4357     // Objective-C++ ARC: autorelease types don't require destruction.
4358     if (T->isObjCLifetimeType() &&
4359         T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing)
4360       return true;
4361 
4362     if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
4363       return RD->hasTrivialDestructor();
4364     return false;
4365   // TODO: Propagate nothrowness for implicitly declared special members.
4366   case UTT_HasNothrowAssign:
4367     // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
4368     //   If type is const qualified or is a reference type then the
4369     //   trait is false. Otherwise if __has_trivial_assign (type)
4370     //   is true then the trait is true, else if type is a cv class
4371     //   or union type with copy assignment operators that are known
4372     //   not to throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is
4373     //   false.
4374     if (C.getBaseElementType(T).isConstQualified())
4375       return false;
4376     if (T->isReferenceType())
4377       return false;
4378     if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isObjCLifetimeType())
4379       return true;
4380 
4381     if (const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>())
4382       return HasNoThrowOperator(RT, OO_Equal, Self, KeyLoc, C,
4383                                 &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyAssignment,
4384                                 &CXXRecordDecl::hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment,
4385                                 &CXXMethodDecl::isCopyAssignmentOperator);
4386     return false;
4387   case UTT_HasNothrowMoveAssign:
4388     //  This trait is implemented by MSVC 2012 and needed to parse the
4389     //  standard library headers. Specifically this is used as the logic
4390     //  behind std::is_nothrow_move_assignable (20.9.4.3).
4391     if (T.isPODType(C))
4392       return true;
4393 
4394     if (const RecordType *RT = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAs<RecordType>())
4395       return HasNoThrowOperator(RT, OO_Equal, Self, KeyLoc, C,
4396                                 &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialMoveAssignment,
4397                                 &CXXRecordDecl::hasNonTrivialMoveAssignment,
4398                                 &CXXMethodDecl::isMoveAssignmentOperator);
4399     return false;
4400   case UTT_HasNothrowCopy:
4401     // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
4402     //   If __has_trivial_copy (type) is true then the trait is true, else
4403     //   if type is a cv class or union type with copy constructors that are
4404     //   known not to throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is
4405     //   false.
4406     if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isReferenceType() || T->isObjCLifetimeType())
4407       return true;
4408     if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
4409       if (RD->hasTrivialCopyConstructor() &&
4410           !RD->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor())
4411         return true;
4412 
4413       bool FoundConstructor = false;
4414       unsigned FoundTQs;
4415       for (const auto *ND : Self.LookupConstructors(RD)) {
4416         // A template constructor is never a copy constructor.
4417         // FIXME: However, it may actually be selected at the actual overload
4418         // resolution point.
4419         if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND->getUnderlyingDecl()))
4420           continue;
4421         // UsingDecl itself is not a constructor
4422         if (isa<UsingDecl>(ND))
4423           continue;
4424         auto *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ND->getUnderlyingDecl());
4425         if (Constructor->isCopyConstructor(FoundTQs)) {
4426           FoundConstructor = true;
4427           const FunctionProtoType *CPT
4428               = Constructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
4429           CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT);
4430           if (!CPT)
4431             return false;
4432           // TODO: check whether evaluating default arguments can throw.
4433           // For now, we'll be conservative and assume that they can throw.
4434           if (!CPT->isNothrow(C) || CPT->getNumParams() > 1)
4435             return false;
4436         }
4437       }
4438 
4439       return FoundConstructor;
4440     }
4441     return false;
4442   case UTT_HasNothrowConstructor:
4443     // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html
4444     //   If __has_trivial_constructor (type) is true then the trait is
4445     //   true, else if type is a cv class or union type (or array
4446     //   thereof) with a default constructor that is known not to
4447     //   throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is false.
4448     if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isObjCLifetimeType())
4449       return true;
4450     if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
4451       if (RD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor() &&
4452           !RD->hasNonTrivialDefaultConstructor())
4453         return true;
4454 
4455       bool FoundConstructor = false;
4456       for (const auto *ND : Self.LookupConstructors(RD)) {
4457         // FIXME: In C++0x, a constructor template can be a default constructor.
4458         if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND->getUnderlyingDecl()))
4459           continue;
4460         // UsingDecl itself is not a constructor
4461         if (isa<UsingDecl>(ND))
4462           continue;
4463         auto *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ND->getUnderlyingDecl());
4464         if (Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
4465           FoundConstructor = true;
4466           const FunctionProtoType *CPT
4467               = Constructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
4468           CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT);
4469           if (!CPT)
4470             return false;
4471           // FIXME: check whether evaluating default arguments can throw.
4472           // For now, we'll be conservative and assume that they can throw.
4473           if (!CPT->isNothrow(C) || CPT->getNumParams() > 0)
4474             return false;
4475         }
4476       }
4477       return FoundConstructor;
4478     }
4479     return false;
4480   case UTT_HasVirtualDestructor:
4481     // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
4482     //   If type is a class type with a virtual destructor ([class.dtor])
4483     //   then the trait is true, else it is false.
4484     if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
4485       if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = Self.LookupDestructor(RD))
4486         return Destructor->isVirtual();
4487     return false;
4488 
4489     // These type trait expressions are modeled on the specifications for the
4490     // Embarcadero C++0x type trait functions:
4491     //   http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Type_Trait_Functions_(C%2B%2B0x)_Index
4492   case UTT_IsCompleteType:
4493     // http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Is_complete_type_(typename_T_):
4494     //   Returns True if and only if T is a complete type at the point of the
4495     //   function call.
4496     return !T->isIncompleteType();
4497   }
4498 }
4499 
4500 /// \brief Determine whether T has a non-trivial Objective-C lifetime in
4501 /// ARC mode.
4502 static bool hasNontrivialObjCLifetime(QualType T) {
4503   switch (T.getObjCLifetime()) {
4504   case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
4505     return false;
4506 
4507   case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
4508   case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
4509   case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
4510     return true;
4511 
4512   case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
4513     return T->isObjCLifetimeType();
4514   }
4515 
4516   llvm_unreachable("Unknown ObjC lifetime qualifier");
4517 }
4518 
4519 static bool EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, TypeTrait BTT, QualType LhsT,
4520                                     QualType RhsT, SourceLocation KeyLoc);
4521 
4522 static bool evaluateTypeTrait(Sema &S, TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
4523                               ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args,
4524                               SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
4525   if (Kind <= UTT_Last)
4526     return EvaluateUnaryTypeTrait(S, Kind, KWLoc, Args[0]->getType());
4527 
4528   if (Kind <= BTT_Last)
4529     return EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(S, Kind, Args[0]->getType(),
4530                                    Args[1]->getType(), RParenLoc);
4531 
4532   switch (Kind) {
4533   case clang::TT_IsConstructible:
4534   case clang::TT_IsNothrowConstructible:
4535   case clang::TT_IsTriviallyConstructible: {
4536     // C++11 [meta.unary.prop]:
4537     //   is_trivially_constructible is defined as:
4538     //
4539     //     is_constructible<T, Args...>::value is true and the variable
4540     //     definition for is_constructible, as defined below, is known to call
4541     //     no operation that is not trivial.
4542     //
4543     //   The predicate condition for a template specialization
4544     //   is_constructible<T, Args...> shall be satisfied if and only if the
4545     //   following variable definition would be well-formed for some invented
4546     //   variable t:
4547     //
4548     //     T t(create<Args>()...);
4549     assert(!Args.empty());
4550 
4551     // Precondition: T and all types in the parameter pack Args shall be
4552     // complete types, (possibly cv-qualified) void, or arrays of
4553     // unknown bound.
4554     for (const auto *TSI : Args) {
4555       QualType ArgTy = TSI->getType();
4556       if (ArgTy->isVoidType() || ArgTy->isIncompleteArrayType())
4557         continue;
4558 
4559       if (S.RequireCompleteType(KWLoc, ArgTy,
4560           diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr))
4561         return false;
4562     }
4563 
4564     // Make sure the first argument is not incomplete nor a function type.
4565     QualType T = Args[0]->getType();
4566     if (T->isIncompleteType() || T->isFunctionType())
4567       return false;
4568 
4569     // Make sure the first argument is not an abstract type.
4570     CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
4571     if (RD && RD->isAbstract())
4572       return false;
4573 
4574     SmallVector<OpaqueValueExpr, 2> OpaqueArgExprs;
4575     SmallVector<Expr *, 2> ArgExprs;
4576     ArgExprs.reserve(Args.size() - 1);
4577     for (unsigned I = 1, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) {
4578       QualType ArgTy = Args[I]->getType();
4579       if (ArgTy->isObjectType() || ArgTy->isFunctionType())
4580         ArgTy = S.Context.getRValueReferenceType(ArgTy);
4581       OpaqueArgExprs.push_back(
4582           OpaqueValueExpr(Args[I]->getTypeLoc().getLocStart(),
4583                           ArgTy.getNonLValueExprType(S.Context),
4584                           Expr::getValueKindForType(ArgTy)));
4585     }
4586     for (Expr &E : OpaqueArgExprs)
4587       ArgExprs.push_back(&E);
4588 
4589     // Perform the initialization in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE
4590     // trap at translation unit scope.
4591     EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(S, Sema::Unevaluated);
4592     Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(S, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true);
4593     Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(S, S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
4594     InitializedEntity To(InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Args[0]));
4595     InitializationKind InitKind(InitializationKind::CreateDirect(KWLoc, KWLoc,
4596                                                                  RParenLoc));
4597     InitializationSequence Init(S, To, InitKind, ArgExprs);
4598     if (Init.Failed())
4599       return false;
4600 
4601     ExprResult Result = Init.Perform(S, To, InitKind, ArgExprs);
4602     if (Result.isInvalid() || SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred())
4603       return false;
4604 
4605     if (Kind == clang::TT_IsConstructible)
4606       return true;
4607 
4608     if (Kind == clang::TT_IsNothrowConstructible)
4609       return S.canThrow(Result.get()) == CT_Cannot;
4610 
4611     if (Kind == clang::TT_IsTriviallyConstructible) {
4612       // Under Objective-C ARC, if the destination has non-trivial Objective-C
4613       // lifetime, this is a non-trivial construction.
4614       if (S.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
4615           hasNontrivialObjCLifetime(T.getNonReferenceType()))
4616         return false;
4617 
4618       // The initialization succeeded; now make sure there are no non-trivial
4619       // calls.
4620       return !Result.get()->hasNonTrivialCall(S.Context);
4621     }
4622 
4623     llvm_unreachable("unhandled type trait");
4624     return false;
4625   }
4626     default: llvm_unreachable("not a TT");
4627   }
4628 
4629   return false;
4630 }
4631 
4632 ExprResult Sema::BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
4633                                 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args,
4634                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
4635   QualType ResultType = Context.getLogicalOperationType();
4636 
4637   if (Kind <= UTT_Last && !CheckUnaryTypeTraitTypeCompleteness(
4638                                *this, Kind, KWLoc, Args[0]->getType()))
4639     return ExprError();
4640 
4641   bool Dependent = false;
4642   for (unsigned I = 0, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) {
4643     if (Args[I]->getType()->isDependentType()) {
4644       Dependent = true;
4645       break;
4646     }
4647   }
4648 
4649   bool Result = false;
4650   if (!Dependent)
4651     Result = evaluateTypeTrait(*this, Kind, KWLoc, Args, RParenLoc);
4652 
4653   return TypeTraitExpr::Create(Context, ResultType, KWLoc, Kind, Args,
4654                                RParenLoc, Result);
4655 }
4656 
4657 ExprResult Sema::ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
4658                                 ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args,
4659                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
4660   SmallVector<TypeSourceInfo *, 4> ConvertedArgs;
4661   ConvertedArgs.reserve(Args.size());
4662 
4663   for (unsigned I = 0, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) {
4664     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
4665     QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(Args[I], &TInfo);
4666     if (!TInfo)
4667       TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, KWLoc);
4668 
4669     ConvertedArgs.push_back(TInfo);
4670   }
4671 
4672   return BuildTypeTrait(Kind, KWLoc, ConvertedArgs, RParenLoc);
4673 }
4674 
4675 static bool EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, TypeTrait BTT, QualType LhsT,
4676                                     QualType RhsT, SourceLocation KeyLoc) {
4677   assert(!LhsT->isDependentType() && !RhsT->isDependentType() &&
4678          "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent types");
4679 
4680   switch(BTT) {
4681   case BTT_IsBaseOf: {
4682     // C++0x [meta.rel]p2
4683     // Base is a base class of Derived without regard to cv-qualifiers or
4684     // Base and Derived are not unions and name the same class type without
4685     // regard to cv-qualifiers.
4686 
4687     const RecordType *lhsRecord = LhsT->getAs<RecordType>();
4688     if (!lhsRecord) return false;
4689 
4690     const RecordType *rhsRecord = RhsT->getAs<RecordType>();
4691     if (!rhsRecord) return false;
4692 
4693     assert(Self.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LhsT, RhsT)
4694              == (lhsRecord == rhsRecord));
4695 
4696     if (lhsRecord == rhsRecord)
4697       return !lhsRecord->getDecl()->isUnion();
4698 
4699     // C++0x [meta.rel]p2:
4700     //   If Base and Derived are class types and are different types
4701     //   (ignoring possible cv-qualifiers) then Derived shall be a
4702     //   complete type.
4703     if (Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT,
4704                           diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr))
4705       return false;
4706 
4707     return cast<CXXRecordDecl>(rhsRecord->getDecl())
4708       ->isDerivedFrom(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(lhsRecord->getDecl()));
4709   }
4710   case BTT_IsSame:
4711     return Self.Context.hasSameType(LhsT, RhsT);
4712   case BTT_TypeCompatible:
4713     return Self.Context.typesAreCompatible(LhsT.getUnqualifiedType(),
4714                                            RhsT.getUnqualifiedType());
4715   case BTT_IsConvertible:
4716   case BTT_IsConvertibleTo: {
4717     // C++0x [meta.rel]p4:
4718     //   Given the following function prototype:
4719     //
4720     //     template <class T>
4721     //       typename add_rvalue_reference<T>::type create();
4722     //
4723     //   the predicate condition for a template specialization
4724     //   is_convertible<From, To> shall be satisfied if and only if
4725     //   the return expression in the following code would be
4726     //   well-formed, including any implicit conversions to the return
4727     //   type of the function:
4728     //
4729     //     To test() {
4730     //       return create<From>();
4731     //     }
4732     //
4733     //   Access checking is performed as if in a context unrelated to To and
4734     //   From. Only the validity of the immediate context of the expression
4735     //   of the return-statement (including conversions to the return type)
4736     //   is considered.
4737     //
4738     // We model the initialization as a copy-initialization of a temporary
4739     // of the appropriate type, which for this expression is identical to the
4740     // return statement (since NRVO doesn't apply).
4741 
4742     // Functions aren't allowed to return function or array types.
4743     if (RhsT->isFunctionType() || RhsT->isArrayType())
4744       return false;
4745 
4746     // A return statement in a void function must have void type.
4747     if (RhsT->isVoidType())
4748       return LhsT->isVoidType();
4749 
4750     // A function definition requires a complete, non-abstract return type.
4751     if (!Self.isCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT) || Self.isAbstractType(KeyLoc, RhsT))
4752       return false;
4753 
4754     // Compute the result of add_rvalue_reference.
4755     if (LhsT->isObjectType() || LhsT->isFunctionType())
4756       LhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(LhsT);
4757 
4758     // Build a fake source and destination for initialization.
4759     InitializedEntity To(InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(RhsT));
4760     OpaqueValueExpr From(KeyLoc, LhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context),
4761                          Expr::getValueKindForType(LhsT));
4762     Expr *FromPtr = &From;
4763     InitializationKind Kind(InitializationKind::CreateCopy(KeyLoc,
4764                                                            SourceLocation()));
4765 
4766     // Perform the initialization in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE
4767     // trap at translation unit scope.
4768     EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(Self, Sema::Unevaluated);
4769     Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(Self, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true);
4770     Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(Self, Self.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
4771     InitializationSequence Init(Self, To, Kind, FromPtr);
4772     if (Init.Failed())
4773       return false;
4774 
4775     ExprResult Result = Init.Perform(Self, To, Kind, FromPtr);
4776     return !Result.isInvalid() && !SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred();
4777   }
4778 
4779   case BTT_IsAssignable:
4780   case BTT_IsNothrowAssignable:
4781   case BTT_IsTriviallyAssignable: {
4782     // C++11 [meta.unary.prop]p3:
4783     //   is_trivially_assignable is defined as:
4784     //     is_assignable<T, U>::value is true and the assignment, as defined by
4785     //     is_assignable, is known to call no operation that is not trivial
4786     //
4787     //   is_assignable is defined as:
4788     //     The expression declval<T>() = declval<U>() is well-formed when
4789     //     treated as an unevaluated operand (Clause 5).
4790     //
4791     //   For both, T and U shall be complete types, (possibly cv-qualified)
4792     //   void, or arrays of unknown bound.
4793     if (!LhsT->isVoidType() && !LhsT->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
4794         Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, LhsT,
4795           diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr))
4796       return false;
4797     if (!RhsT->isVoidType() && !RhsT->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
4798         Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT,
4799           diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr))
4800       return false;
4801 
4802     // cv void is never assignable.
4803     if (LhsT->isVoidType() || RhsT->isVoidType())
4804       return false;
4805 
4806     // Build expressions that emulate the effect of declval<T>() and
4807     // declval<U>().
4808     if (LhsT->isObjectType() || LhsT->isFunctionType())
4809       LhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(LhsT);
4810     if (RhsT->isObjectType() || RhsT->isFunctionType())
4811       RhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(RhsT);
4812     OpaqueValueExpr Lhs(KeyLoc, LhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context),
4813                         Expr::getValueKindForType(LhsT));
4814     OpaqueValueExpr Rhs(KeyLoc, RhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context),
4815                         Expr::getValueKindForType(RhsT));
4816 
4817     // Attempt the assignment in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE
4818     // trap at translation unit scope.
4819     EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(Self, Sema::Unevaluated);
4820     Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(Self, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true);
4821     Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(Self, Self.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
4822     ExprResult Result = Self.BuildBinOp(/*S=*/nullptr, KeyLoc, BO_Assign, &Lhs,
4823                                         &Rhs);
4824     if (Result.isInvalid() || SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred())
4825       return false;
4826 
4827     if (BTT == BTT_IsAssignable)
4828       return true;
4829 
4830     if (BTT == BTT_IsNothrowAssignable)
4831       return Self.canThrow(Result.get()) == CT_Cannot;
4832 
4833     if (BTT == BTT_IsTriviallyAssignable) {
4834       // Under Objective-C ARC, if the destination has non-trivial Objective-C
4835       // lifetime, this is a non-trivial assignment.
4836       if (Self.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
4837           hasNontrivialObjCLifetime(LhsT.getNonReferenceType()))
4838         return false;
4839 
4840       return !Result.get()->hasNonTrivialCall(Self.Context);
4841     }
4842 
4843     llvm_unreachable("unhandled type trait");
4844     return false;
4845   }
4846     default: llvm_unreachable("not a BTT");
4847   }
4848   llvm_unreachable("Unknown type trait or not implemented");
4849 }
4850 
4851 ExprResult Sema::ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
4852                                      SourceLocation KWLoc,
4853                                      ParsedType Ty,
4854                                      Expr* DimExpr,
4855                                      SourceLocation RParen) {
4856   TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo;
4857   QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &TSInfo);
4858   if (!TSInfo)
4859     TSInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
4860 
4861   return BuildArrayTypeTrait(ATT, KWLoc, TSInfo, DimExpr, RParen);
4862 }
4863 
4864 static uint64_t EvaluateArrayTypeTrait(Sema &Self, ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
4865                                            QualType T, Expr *DimExpr,
4866                                            SourceLocation KeyLoc) {
4867   assert(!T->isDependentType() && "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent type");
4868 
4869   switch(ATT) {
4870   case ATT_ArrayRank:
4871     if (T->isArrayType()) {
4872       unsigned Dim = 0;
4873       while (const ArrayType *AT = Self.Context.getAsArrayType(T)) {
4874         ++Dim;
4875         T = AT->getElementType();
4876       }
4877       return Dim;
4878     }
4879     return 0;
4880 
4881   case ATT_ArrayExtent: {
4882     llvm::APSInt Value;
4883     uint64_t Dim;
4884     if (Self.VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(DimExpr, &Value,
4885           diag::err_dimension_expr_not_constant_integer,
4886           false).isInvalid())
4887       return 0;
4888     if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) {
4889       Self.Diag(KeyLoc, diag::err_dimension_expr_not_constant_integer)
4890         << DimExpr->getSourceRange();
4891       return 0;
4892     }
4893     Dim = Value.getLimitedValue();
4894 
4895     if (T->isArrayType()) {
4896       unsigned D = 0;
4897       bool Matched = false;
4898       while (const ArrayType *AT = Self.Context.getAsArrayType(T)) {
4899         if (Dim == D) {
4900           Matched = true;
4901           break;
4902         }
4903         ++D;
4904         T = AT->getElementType();
4905       }
4906 
4907       if (Matched && T->isArrayType()) {
4908         if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = Self.Context.getAsConstantArrayType(T))
4909           return CAT->getSize().getLimitedValue();
4910       }
4911     }
4912     return 0;
4913   }
4914   }
4915   llvm_unreachable("Unknown type trait or not implemented");
4916 }
4917 
4918 ExprResult Sema::BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
4919                                      SourceLocation KWLoc,
4920                                      TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
4921                                      Expr* DimExpr,
4922                                      SourceLocation RParen) {
4923   QualType T = TSInfo->getType();
4924 
4925   // FIXME: This should likely be tracked as an APInt to remove any host
4926   // assumptions about the width of size_t on the target.
4927   uint64_t Value = 0;
4928   if (!T->isDependentType())
4929     Value = EvaluateArrayTypeTrait(*this, ATT, T, DimExpr, KWLoc);
4930 
4931   // While the specification for these traits from the Embarcadero C++
4932   // compiler's documentation says the return type is 'unsigned int', Clang
4933   // returns 'size_t'. On Windows, the primary platform for the Embarcadero
4934   // compiler, there is no difference. On several other platforms this is an
4935   // important distinction.
4936   return new (Context) ArrayTypeTraitExpr(KWLoc, ATT, TSInfo, Value, DimExpr,
4937                                           RParen, Context.getSizeType());
4938 }
4939 
4940 ExprResult Sema::ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET,
4941                                       SourceLocation KWLoc,
4942                                       Expr *Queried,
4943                                       SourceLocation RParen) {
4944   // If error parsing the expression, ignore.
4945   if (!Queried)
4946     return ExprError();
4947 
4948   ExprResult Result = BuildExpressionTrait(ET, KWLoc, Queried, RParen);
4949 
4950   return Result;
4951 }
4952 
4953 static bool EvaluateExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET, Expr *E) {
4954   switch (ET) {
4955   case ET_IsLValueExpr: return E->isLValue();
4956   case ET_IsRValueExpr: return E->isRValue();
4957   }
4958   llvm_unreachable("Expression trait not covered by switch");
4959 }
4960 
4961 ExprResult Sema::BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET,
4962                                       SourceLocation KWLoc,
4963                                       Expr *Queried,
4964                                       SourceLocation RParen) {
4965   if (Queried->isTypeDependent()) {
4966     // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
4967   } else if (Queried->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) {
4968     ExprResult PE = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Queried);
4969     if (PE.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
4970     return BuildExpressionTrait(ET, KWLoc, PE.get(), RParen);
4971   }
4972 
4973   bool Value = EvaluateExpressionTrait(ET, Queried);
4974 
4975   return new (Context)
4976       ExpressionTraitExpr(KWLoc, ET, Queried, Value, RParen, Context.BoolTy);
4977 }
4978 
4979 QualType Sema::CheckPointerToMemberOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
4980                                             ExprValueKind &VK,
4981                                             SourceLocation Loc,
4982                                             bool isIndirect) {
4983   assert(!LHS.get()->getType()->isPlaceholderType() &&
4984          !RHS.get()->getType()->isPlaceholderType() &&
4985          "placeholders should have been weeded out by now");
4986 
4987   // The LHS undergoes lvalue conversions if this is ->*, and undergoes the
4988   // temporary materialization conversion otherwise.
4989   if (isIndirect)
4990     LHS = DefaultLvalueConversion(LHS.get());
4991   else if (LHS.get()->isRValue())
4992     LHS = TemporaryMaterializationConversion(LHS.get());
4993   if (LHS.isInvalid())
4994     return QualType();
4995 
4996   // The RHS always undergoes lvalue conversions.
4997   RHS = DefaultLvalueConversion(RHS.get());
4998   if (RHS.isInvalid()) return QualType();
4999 
5000   const char *OpSpelling = isIndirect ? "->*" : ".*";
5001   // C++ 5.5p2
5002   //   The binary operator .* [p3: ->*] binds its second operand, which shall
5003   //   be of type "pointer to member of T" (where T is a completely-defined
5004   //   class type) [...]
5005   QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType();
5006   const MemberPointerType *MemPtr = RHSType->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
5007   if (!MemPtr) {
5008     Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_rhs)
5009       << OpSpelling << RHSType << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
5010     return QualType();
5011   }
5012 
5013   QualType Class(MemPtr->getClass(), 0);
5014 
5015   // Note: C++ [expr.mptr.oper]p2-3 says that the class type into which the
5016   // member pointer points must be completely-defined. However, there is no
5017   // reason for this semantic distinction, and the rule is not enforced by
5018   // other compilers. Therefore, we do not check this property, as it is
5019   // likely to be considered a defect.
5020 
5021   // C++ 5.5p2
5022   //   [...] to its first operand, which shall be of class T or of a class of
5023   //   which T is an unambiguous and accessible base class. [p3: a pointer to
5024   //   such a class]
5025   QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType();
5026   if (isIndirect) {
5027     if (const PointerType *Ptr = LHSType->getAs<PointerType>())
5028       LHSType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
5029     else {
5030       Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs)
5031         << OpSpelling << 1 << LHSType
5032         << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ".*");
5033       return QualType();
5034     }
5035   }
5036 
5037   if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Class, LHSType)) {
5038     // If we want to check the hierarchy, we need a complete type.
5039     if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, LHSType, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs,
5040                             OpSpelling, (int)isIndirect)) {
5041       return QualType();
5042     }
5043 
5044     if (!IsDerivedFrom(Loc, LHSType, Class)) {
5045       Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs) << OpSpelling
5046         << (int)isIndirect << LHS.get()->getType();
5047       return QualType();
5048     }
5049 
5050     CXXCastPath BasePath;
5051     if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(LHSType, Class, Loc,
5052                                      SourceRange(LHS.get()->getLocStart(),
5053                                                  RHS.get()->getLocEnd()),
5054                                      &BasePath))
5055       return QualType();
5056 
5057     // Cast LHS to type of use.
5058     QualType UseType = isIndirect ? Context.getPointerType(Class) : Class;
5059     ExprValueKind VK = isIndirect ? VK_RValue : LHS.get()->getValueKind();
5060     LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), UseType, CK_DerivedToBase, VK,
5061                             &BasePath);
5062   }
5063 
5064   if (isa<CXXScalarValueInitExpr>(RHS.get()->IgnoreParens())) {
5065     // Diagnose use of pointer-to-member type which when used as
5066     // the functional cast in a pointer-to-member expression.
5067     Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_type) << isIndirect;
5068      return QualType();
5069   }
5070 
5071   // C++ 5.5p2
5072   //   The result is an object or a function of the type specified by the
5073   //   second operand.
5074   // The cv qualifiers are the union of those in the pointer and the left side,
5075   // in accordance with 5.5p5 and 5.2.5.
5076   QualType Result = MemPtr->getPointeeType();
5077   Result = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(Result, LHSType.getCVRQualifiers());
5078 
5079   // C++0x [expr.mptr.oper]p6:
5080   //   In a .* expression whose object expression is an rvalue, the program is
5081   //   ill-formed if the second operand is a pointer to member function with
5082   //   ref-qualifier &. In a ->* expression or in a .* expression whose object
5083   //   expression is an lvalue, the program is ill-formed if the second operand
5084   //   is a pointer to member function with ref-qualifier &&.
5085   if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = Result->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
5086     switch (Proto->getRefQualifier()) {
5087     case RQ_None:
5088       // Do nothing
5089       break;
5090 
5091     case RQ_LValue:
5092       if (!isIndirect && !LHS.get()->Classify(Context).isLValue())
5093         Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_oper_value_classify)
5094           << RHSType << 1 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange();
5095       break;
5096 
5097     case RQ_RValue:
5098       if (isIndirect || !LHS.get()->Classify(Context).isRValue())
5099         Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_oper_value_classify)
5100           << RHSType << 0 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange();
5101       break;
5102     }
5103   }
5104 
5105   // C++ [expr.mptr.oper]p6:
5106   //   The result of a .* expression whose second operand is a pointer
5107   //   to a data member is of the same value category as its
5108   //   first operand. The result of a .* expression whose second
5109   //   operand is a pointer to a member function is a prvalue. The
5110   //   result of an ->* expression is an lvalue if its second operand
5111   //   is a pointer to data member and a prvalue otherwise.
5112   if (Result->isFunctionType()) {
5113     VK = VK_RValue;
5114     return Context.BoundMemberTy;
5115   } else if (isIndirect) {
5116     VK = VK_LValue;
5117   } else {
5118     VK = LHS.get()->getValueKind();
5119   }
5120 
5121   return Result;
5122 }
5123 
5124 /// \brief Try to convert a type to another according to C++11 5.16p3.
5125 ///
5126 /// This is part of the parameter validation for the ? operator. If either
5127 /// value operand is a class type, the two operands are attempted to be
5128 /// converted to each other. This function does the conversion in one direction.
5129 /// It returns true if the program is ill-formed and has already been diagnosed
5130 /// as such.
5131 static bool TryClassUnification(Sema &Self, Expr *From, Expr *To,
5132                                 SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
5133                                 bool &HaveConversion,
5134                                 QualType &ToType) {
5135   HaveConversion = false;
5136   ToType = To->getType();
5137 
5138   InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(To->getLocStart(),
5139                                                            SourceLocation());
5140   // C++11 5.16p3
5141   //   The process for determining whether an operand expression E1 of type T1
5142   //   can be converted to match an operand expression E2 of type T2 is defined
5143   //   as follows:
5144   //   -- If E2 is an lvalue: E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be
5145   //      implicitly converted to type "lvalue reference to T2", subject to the
5146   //      constraint that in the conversion the reference must bind directly to
5147   //      an lvalue.
5148   //   -- If E2 is an xvalue: E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be
5149   //      implicitly conveted to the type "rvalue reference to R2", subject to
5150   //      the constraint that the reference must bind directly.
5151   if (To->isLValue() || To->isXValue()) {
5152     QualType T = To->isLValue() ? Self.Context.getLValueReferenceType(ToType)
5153                                 : Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(ToType);
5154 
5155     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(T);
5156 
5157     InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, From);
5158     if (InitSeq.isDirectReferenceBinding()) {
5159       ToType = T;
5160       HaveConversion = true;
5161       return false;
5162     }
5163 
5164     if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous())
5165       return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, From);
5166   }
5167 
5168   //   -- If E2 is an rvalue, or if the conversion above cannot be done:
5169   //      -- if E1 and E2 have class type, and the underlying class types are
5170   //         the same or one is a base class of the other:
5171   QualType FTy = From->getType();
5172   QualType TTy = To->getType();
5173   const RecordType *FRec = FTy->getAs<RecordType>();
5174   const RecordType *TRec = TTy->getAs<RecordType>();
5175   bool FDerivedFromT = FRec && TRec && FRec != TRec &&
5176                        Self.IsDerivedFrom(QuestionLoc, FTy, TTy);
5177   if (FRec && TRec && (FRec == TRec || FDerivedFromT ||
5178                        Self.IsDerivedFrom(QuestionLoc, TTy, FTy))) {
5179     //         E1 can be converted to match E2 if the class of T2 is the
5180     //         same type as, or a base class of, the class of T1, and
5181     //         [cv2 > cv1].
5182     if (FRec == TRec || FDerivedFromT) {
5183       if (TTy.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(FTy)) {
5184         InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TTy);
5185         InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, From);
5186         if (InitSeq) {
5187           HaveConversion = true;
5188           return false;
5189         }
5190 
5191         if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous())
5192           return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, From);
5193       }
5194     }
5195 
5196     return false;
5197   }
5198 
5199   //     -- Otherwise: E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be
5200   //        implicitly converted to the type that expression E2 would have
5201   //        if E2 were converted to an rvalue (or the type it has, if E2 is
5202   //        an rvalue).
5203   //
5204   // This actually refers very narrowly to the lvalue-to-rvalue conversion, not
5205   // to the array-to-pointer or function-to-pointer conversions.
5206   if (!TTy->getAs<TagType>())
5207     TTy = TTy.getUnqualifiedType();
5208 
5209   InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TTy);
5210   InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, From);
5211   HaveConversion = !InitSeq.Failed();
5212   ToType = TTy;
5213   if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous())
5214     return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, From);
5215 
5216   return false;
5217 }
5218 
5219 /// \brief Try to find a common type for two according to C++0x 5.16p5.
5220 ///
5221 /// This is part of the parameter validation for the ? operator. If either
5222 /// value operand is a class type, overload resolution is used to find a
5223 /// conversion to a common type.
5224 static bool FindConditionalOverload(Sema &Self, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
5225                                     SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
5226   Expr *Args[2] = { LHS.get(), RHS.get() };
5227   OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(QuestionLoc,
5228                                     OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Operator);
5229   Self.AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OO_Conditional, QuestionLoc, Args,
5230                                     CandidateSet);
5231 
5232   OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
5233   switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(Self, QuestionLoc, Best)) {
5234     case OR_Success: {
5235       // We found a match. Perform the conversions on the arguments and move on.
5236       ExprResult LHSRes =
5237         Self.PerformImplicitConversion(LHS.get(), Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
5238                                        Best->Conversions[0], Sema::AA_Converting);
5239       if (LHSRes.isInvalid())
5240         break;
5241       LHS = LHSRes;
5242 
5243       ExprResult RHSRes =
5244         Self.PerformImplicitConversion(RHS.get(), Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
5245                                        Best->Conversions[1], Sema::AA_Converting);
5246       if (RHSRes.isInvalid())
5247         break;
5248       RHS = RHSRes;
5249       if (Best->Function)
5250         Self.MarkFunctionReferenced(QuestionLoc, Best->Function);
5251       return false;
5252     }
5253 
5254     case OR_No_Viable_Function:
5255 
5256       // Emit a better diagnostic if one of the expressions is a null pointer
5257       // constant and the other is a pointer type. In this case, the user most
5258       // likely forgot to take the address of the other expression.
5259       if (Self.DiagnoseConditionalForNull(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc))
5260         return true;
5261 
5262       Self.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
5263         << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
5264         << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
5265       return true;
5266 
5267     case OR_Ambiguous:
5268       Self.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_ambiguous_ovl)
5269         << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
5270         << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
5271       // FIXME: Print the possible common types by printing the return types of
5272       // the viable candidates.
5273       break;
5274 
5275     case OR_Deleted:
5276       llvm_unreachable("Conditional operator has only built-in overloads");
5277   }
5278   return true;
5279 }
5280 
5281 /// \brief Perform an "extended" implicit conversion as returned by
5282 /// TryClassUnification.
5283 static bool ConvertForConditional(Sema &Self, ExprResult &E, QualType T) {
5284   InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(T);
5285   InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(E.get()->getLocStart(),
5286                                                            SourceLocation());
5287   Expr *Arg = E.get();
5288   InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, Arg);
5289   ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(Self, Entity, Kind, Arg);
5290   if (Result.isInvalid())
5291     return true;
5292 
5293   E = Result;
5294   return false;
5295 }
5296 
5297 /// \brief Check the operands of ?: under C++ semantics.
5298 ///
5299 /// See C++ [expr.cond]. Note that LHS is never null, even for the GNU x ?: y
5300 /// extension. In this case, LHS == Cond. (But they're not aliases.)
5301 QualType Sema::CXXCheckConditionalOperands(ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS,
5302                                            ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK,
5303                                            ExprObjectKind &OK,
5304                                            SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
5305   // FIXME: Handle C99's complex types, vector types, block pointers and Obj-C++
5306   // interface pointers.
5307 
5308   // C++11 [expr.cond]p1
5309   //   The first expression is contextually converted to bool.
5310   if (!Cond.get()->isTypeDependent()) {
5311     ExprResult CondRes = CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Cond.get());
5312     if (CondRes.isInvalid())
5313       return QualType();
5314     Cond = CondRes;
5315   }
5316 
5317   // Assume r-value.
5318   VK = VK_RValue;
5319   OK = OK_Ordinary;
5320 
5321   // Either of the arguments dependent?
5322   if (LHS.get()->isTypeDependent() || RHS.get()->isTypeDependent())
5323     return Context.DependentTy;
5324 
5325   // C++11 [expr.cond]p2
5326   //   If either the second or the third operand has type (cv) void, ...
5327   QualType LTy = LHS.get()->getType();
5328   QualType RTy = RHS.get()->getType();
5329   bool LVoid = LTy->isVoidType();
5330   bool RVoid = RTy->isVoidType();
5331   if (LVoid || RVoid) {
5332     //   ... one of the following shall hold:
5333     //   -- The second or the third operand (but not both) is a (possibly
5334     //      parenthesized) throw-expression; the result is of the type
5335     //      and value category of the other.
5336     bool LThrow = isa<CXXThrowExpr>(LHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
5337     bool RThrow = isa<CXXThrowExpr>(RHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
5338     if (LThrow != RThrow) {
5339       Expr *NonThrow = LThrow ? RHS.get() : LHS.get();
5340       VK = NonThrow->getValueKind();
5341       // DR (no number yet): the result is a bit-field if the
5342       // non-throw-expression operand is a bit-field.
5343       OK = NonThrow->getObjectKind();
5344       return NonThrow->getType();
5345     }
5346 
5347     //   -- Both the second and third operands have type void; the result is of
5348     //      type void and is a prvalue.
5349     if (LVoid && RVoid)
5350       return Context.VoidTy;
5351 
5352     // Neither holds, error.
5353     Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_void_nonvoid)
5354       << (LVoid ? RTy : LTy) << (LVoid ? 0 : 1)
5355       << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
5356     return QualType();
5357   }
5358 
5359   // Neither is void.
5360 
5361   // C++11 [expr.cond]p3
5362   //   Otherwise, if the second and third operand have different types, and
5363   //   either has (cv) class type [...] an attempt is made to convert each of
5364   //   those operands to the type of the other.
5365   if (!Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy) &&
5366       (LTy->isRecordType() || RTy->isRecordType())) {
5367     // These return true if a single direction is already ambiguous.
5368     QualType L2RType, R2LType;
5369     bool HaveL2R, HaveR2L;
5370     if (TryClassUnification(*this, LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc, HaveL2R, L2RType))
5371       return QualType();
5372     if (TryClassUnification(*this, RHS.get(), LHS.get(), QuestionLoc, HaveR2L, R2LType))
5373       return QualType();
5374 
5375     //   If both can be converted, [...] the program is ill-formed.
5376     if (HaveL2R && HaveR2L) {
5377       Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_ambiguous)
5378         << LTy << RTy << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
5379       return QualType();
5380     }
5381 
5382     //   If exactly one conversion is possible, that conversion is applied to
5383     //   the chosen operand and the converted operands are used in place of the
5384     //   original operands for the remainder of this section.
5385     if (HaveL2R) {
5386       if (ConvertForConditional(*this, LHS, L2RType) || LHS.isInvalid())
5387         return QualType();
5388       LTy = LHS.get()->getType();
5389     } else if (HaveR2L) {
5390       if (ConvertForConditional(*this, RHS, R2LType) || RHS.isInvalid())
5391         return QualType();
5392       RTy = RHS.get()->getType();
5393     }
5394   }
5395 
5396   // C++11 [expr.cond]p3
5397   //   if both are glvalues of the same value category and the same type except
5398   //   for cv-qualification, an attempt is made to convert each of those
5399   //   operands to the type of the other.
5400   // FIXME:
5401   //   Resolving a defect in P0012R1: we extend this to cover all cases where
5402   //   one of the operands is reference-compatible with the other, in order
5403   //   to support conditionals between functions differing in noexcept.
5404   ExprValueKind LVK = LHS.get()->getValueKind();
5405   ExprValueKind RVK = RHS.get()->getValueKind();
5406   if (!Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy) &&
5407       LVK == RVK && LVK != VK_RValue) {
5408     // DerivedToBase was already handled by the class-specific case above.
5409     // FIXME: Should we allow ObjC conversions here?
5410     bool DerivedToBase, ObjCConversion, ObjCLifetimeConversion;
5411     if (CompareReferenceRelationship(
5412             QuestionLoc, LTy, RTy, DerivedToBase,
5413             ObjCConversion, ObjCLifetimeConversion) == Ref_Compatible &&
5414         !DerivedToBase && !ObjCConversion && !ObjCLifetimeConversion &&
5415         // [...] subject to the constraint that the reference must bind
5416         // directly [...]
5417         !RHS.get()->refersToBitField() &&
5418         !RHS.get()->refersToVectorElement()) {
5419       RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LTy, CK_NoOp, RVK);
5420       RTy = RHS.get()->getType();
5421     } else if (CompareReferenceRelationship(
5422                    QuestionLoc, RTy, LTy, DerivedToBase,
5423                    ObjCConversion, ObjCLifetimeConversion) == Ref_Compatible &&
5424                !DerivedToBase && !ObjCConversion && !ObjCLifetimeConversion &&
5425                !LHS.get()->refersToBitField() &&
5426                !LHS.get()->refersToVectorElement()) {
5427       LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RTy, CK_NoOp, LVK);
5428       LTy = LHS.get()->getType();
5429     }
5430   }
5431 
5432   // C++11 [expr.cond]p4
5433   //   If the second and third operands are glvalues of the same value
5434   //   category and have the same type, the result is of that type and
5435   //   value category and it is a bit-field if the second or the third
5436   //   operand is a bit-field, or if both are bit-fields.
5437   // We only extend this to bitfields, not to the crazy other kinds of
5438   // l-values.
5439   bool Same = Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy);
5440   if (Same && LVK == RVK && LVK != VK_RValue &&
5441       LHS.get()->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject() &&
5442       RHS.get()->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject()) {
5443     VK = LHS.get()->getValueKind();
5444     if (LHS.get()->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField ||
5445         RHS.get()->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField)
5446       OK = OK_BitField;
5447 
5448     // If we have function pointer types, unify them anyway to unify their
5449     // exception specifications, if any.
5450     if (LTy->isFunctionPointerType() || LTy->isMemberFunctionPointerType()) {
5451       Qualifiers Qs = LTy.getQualifiers();
5452       LTy = FindCompositePointerType(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS,
5453                                      /*ConvertArgs*/false);
5454       LTy = Context.getQualifiedType(LTy, Qs);
5455 
5456       assert(!LTy.isNull() && "failed to find composite pointer type for "
5457                               "canonically equivalent function ptr types");
5458       assert(Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy) && "bad composite pointer type");
5459     }
5460 
5461     return LTy;
5462   }
5463 
5464   // C++11 [expr.cond]p5
5465   //   Otherwise, the result is a prvalue. If the second and third operands
5466   //   do not have the same type, and either has (cv) class type, ...
5467   if (!Same && (LTy->isRecordType() || RTy->isRecordType())) {
5468     //   ... overload resolution is used to determine the conversions (if any)
5469     //   to be applied to the operands. If the overload resolution fails, the
5470     //   program is ill-formed.
5471     if (FindConditionalOverload(*this, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc))
5472       return QualType();
5473   }
5474 
5475   // C++11 [expr.cond]p6
5476   //   Lvalue-to-rvalue, array-to-pointer, and function-to-pointer standard
5477   //   conversions are performed on the second and third operands.
5478   LHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHS.get());
5479   RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.get());
5480   if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
5481     return QualType();
5482   LTy = LHS.get()->getType();
5483   RTy = RHS.get()->getType();
5484 
5485   //   After those conversions, one of the following shall hold:
5486   //   -- The second and third operands have the same type; the result
5487   //      is of that type. If the operands have class type, the result
5488   //      is a prvalue temporary of the result type, which is
5489   //      copy-initialized from either the second operand or the third
5490   //      operand depending on the value of the first operand.
5491   if (Context.getCanonicalType(LTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RTy)) {
5492     if (LTy->isRecordType()) {
5493       // The operands have class type. Make a temporary copy.
5494       if (RequireNonAbstractType(QuestionLoc, LTy,
5495                                  diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type))
5496         return QualType();
5497       InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(LTy);
5498 
5499       ExprResult LHSCopy = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity,
5500                                                      SourceLocation(),
5501                                                      LHS);
5502       if (LHSCopy.isInvalid())
5503         return QualType();
5504 
5505       ExprResult RHSCopy = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity,
5506                                                      SourceLocation(),
5507                                                      RHS);
5508       if (RHSCopy.isInvalid())
5509         return QualType();
5510 
5511       LHS = LHSCopy;
5512       RHS = RHSCopy;
5513     }
5514 
5515     // If we have function pointer types, unify them anyway to unify their
5516     // exception specifications, if any.
5517     if (LTy->isFunctionPointerType() || LTy->isMemberFunctionPointerType()) {
5518       LTy = FindCompositePointerType(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS);
5519       assert(!LTy.isNull() && "failed to find composite pointer type for "
5520                               "canonically equivalent function ptr types");
5521     }
5522 
5523     return LTy;
5524   }
5525 
5526   // Extension: conditional operator involving vector types.
5527   if (LTy->isVectorType() || RTy->isVectorType())
5528     return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc, /*isCompAssign*/false,
5529                                /*AllowBothBool*/true,
5530                                /*AllowBoolConversions*/false);
5531 
5532   //   -- The second and third operands have arithmetic or enumeration type;
5533   //      the usual arithmetic conversions are performed to bring them to a
5534   //      common type, and the result is of that type.
5535   if (LTy->isArithmeticType() && RTy->isArithmeticType()) {
5536     QualType ResTy = UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
5537     if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
5538       return QualType();
5539     if (ResTy.isNull()) {
5540       Diag(QuestionLoc,
5541            diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands) << LTy << RTy
5542         << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
5543       return QualType();
5544     }
5545 
5546     LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), ResTy, PrepareScalarCast(LHS, ResTy));
5547     RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), ResTy, PrepareScalarCast(RHS, ResTy));
5548 
5549     return ResTy;
5550   }
5551 
5552   //   -- The second and third operands have pointer type, or one has pointer
5553   //      type and the other is a null pointer constant, or both are null
5554   //      pointer constants, at least one of which is non-integral; pointer
5555   //      conversions and qualification conversions are performed to bring them
5556   //      to their composite pointer type. The result is of the composite
5557   //      pointer type.
5558   //   -- The second and third operands have pointer to member type, or one has
5559   //      pointer to member type and the other is a null pointer constant;
5560   //      pointer to member conversions and qualification conversions are
5561   //      performed to bring them to a common type, whose cv-qualification
5562   //      shall match the cv-qualification of either the second or the third
5563   //      operand. The result is of the common type.
5564   QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS);
5565   if (!Composite.isNull())
5566     return Composite;
5567 
5568   // Similarly, attempt to find composite type of two objective-c pointers.
5569   Composite = FindCompositeObjCPointerType(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
5570   if (!Composite.isNull())
5571     return Composite;
5572 
5573   // Check if we are using a null with a non-pointer type.
5574   if (DiagnoseConditionalForNull(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc))
5575     return QualType();
5576 
5577   Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
5578     << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
5579     << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
5580   return QualType();
5581 }
5582 
5583 static FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo
5584 mergeExceptionSpecs(Sema &S, FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo ESI1,
5585                     FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo ESI2,
5586                     SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ExceptionTypeStorage) {
5587   ExceptionSpecificationType EST1 = ESI1.Type;
5588   ExceptionSpecificationType EST2 = ESI2.Type;
5589 
5590   // If either of them can throw anything, that is the result.
5591   if (EST1 == EST_None) return ESI1;
5592   if (EST2 == EST_None) return ESI2;
5593   if (EST1 == EST_MSAny) return ESI1;
5594   if (EST2 == EST_MSAny) return ESI2;
5595 
5596   // If either of them is non-throwing, the result is the other.
5597   if (EST1 == EST_DynamicNone) return ESI2;
5598   if (EST2 == EST_DynamicNone) return ESI1;
5599   if (EST1 == EST_BasicNoexcept) return ESI2;
5600   if (EST2 == EST_BasicNoexcept) return ESI1;
5601 
5602   // If either of them is a non-value-dependent computed noexcept, that
5603   // determines the result.
5604   if (EST2 == EST_ComputedNoexcept && ESI2.NoexceptExpr &&
5605       !ESI2.NoexceptExpr->isValueDependent())
5606     return !ESI2.NoexceptExpr->EvaluateKnownConstInt(S.Context) ? ESI2 : ESI1;
5607   if (EST1 == EST_ComputedNoexcept && ESI1.NoexceptExpr &&
5608       !ESI1.NoexceptExpr->isValueDependent())
5609     return !ESI1.NoexceptExpr->EvaluateKnownConstInt(S.Context) ? ESI1 : ESI2;
5610   // If we're left with value-dependent computed noexcept expressions, we're
5611   // stuck. Before C++17, we can just drop the exception specification entirely,
5612   // since it's not actually part of the canonical type. And this should never
5613   // happen in C++17, because it would mean we were computing the composite
5614   // pointer type of dependent types, which should never happen.
5615   if (EST1 == EST_ComputedNoexcept || EST2 == EST_ComputedNoexcept) {
5616     assert(!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z &&
5617            "computing composite pointer type of dependent types");
5618     return FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo();
5619   }
5620 
5621   // Switch over the possibilities so that people adding new values know to
5622   // update this function.
5623   switch (EST1) {
5624   case EST_None:
5625   case EST_DynamicNone:
5626   case EST_MSAny:
5627   case EST_BasicNoexcept:
5628   case EST_ComputedNoexcept:
5629     llvm_unreachable("handled above");
5630 
5631   case EST_Dynamic: {
5632     // This is the fun case: both exception specifications are dynamic. Form
5633     // the union of the two lists.
5634     assert(EST2 == EST_Dynamic && "other cases should already be handled");
5635     llvm::SmallPtrSet<QualType, 8> Found;
5636     for (auto &Exceptions : {ESI1.Exceptions, ESI2.Exceptions})
5637       for (QualType E : Exceptions)
5638         if (Found.insert(S.Context.getCanonicalType(E)).second)
5639           ExceptionTypeStorage.push_back(E);
5640 
5641     FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo Result(EST_Dynamic);
5642     Result.Exceptions = ExceptionTypeStorage;
5643     return Result;
5644   }
5645 
5646   case EST_Unevaluated:
5647   case EST_Uninstantiated:
5648   case EST_Unparsed:
5649     llvm_unreachable("shouldn't see unresolved exception specifications here");
5650   }
5651 
5652   llvm_unreachable("invalid ExceptionSpecificationType");
5653 }
5654 
5655 /// \brief Find a merged pointer type and convert the two expressions to it.
5656 ///
5657 /// This finds the composite pointer type (or member pointer type) for @p E1
5658 /// and @p E2 according to C++1z 5p14. It converts both expressions to this
5659 /// type and returns it.
5660 /// It does not emit diagnostics.
5661 ///
5662 /// \param Loc The location of the operator requiring these two expressions to
5663 /// be converted to the composite pointer type.
5664 ///
5665 /// \param ConvertArgs If \c false, do not convert E1 and E2 to the target type.
5666 QualType Sema::FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc,
5667                                         Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2,
5668                                         bool ConvertArgs) {
5669   assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "This function assumes C++");
5670 
5671   // C++1z [expr]p14:
5672   //   The composite pointer type of two operands p1 and p2 having types T1
5673   //   and T2
5674   QualType T1 = E1->getType(), T2 = E2->getType();
5675 
5676   //   where at least one is a pointer or pointer to member type or
5677   //   std::nullptr_t is:
5678   bool T1IsPointerLike = T1->isAnyPointerType() || T1->isMemberPointerType() ||
5679                          T1->isNullPtrType();
5680   bool T2IsPointerLike = T2->isAnyPointerType() || T2->isMemberPointerType() ||
5681                          T2->isNullPtrType();
5682   if (!T1IsPointerLike && !T2IsPointerLike)
5683     return QualType();
5684 
5685   //   - if both p1 and p2 are null pointer constants, std::nullptr_t;
5686   // This can't actually happen, following the standard, but we also use this
5687   // to implement the end of [expr.conv], which hits this case.
5688   //
5689   //   - if either p1 or p2 is a null pointer constant, T2 or T1, respectively;
5690   if (T1IsPointerLike &&
5691       E2->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
5692     if (ConvertArgs)
5693       E2 = ImpCastExprToType(E2, T1, T1->isMemberPointerType()
5694                                          ? CK_NullToMemberPointer
5695                                          : CK_NullToPointer).get();
5696     return T1;
5697   }
5698   if (T2IsPointerLike &&
5699       E1->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
5700     if (ConvertArgs)
5701       E1 = ImpCastExprToType(E1, T2, T2->isMemberPointerType()
5702                                          ? CK_NullToMemberPointer
5703                                          : CK_NullToPointer).get();
5704     return T2;
5705   }
5706 
5707   // Now both have to be pointers or member pointers.
5708   if (!T1IsPointerLike || !T2IsPointerLike)
5709     return QualType();
5710   assert(!T1->isNullPtrType() && !T2->isNullPtrType() &&
5711          "nullptr_t should be a null pointer constant");
5712 
5713   //  - if T1 or T2 is "pointer to cv1 void" and the other type is
5714   //    "pointer to cv2 T", "pointer to cv12 void", where cv12 is
5715   //    the union of cv1 and cv2;
5716   //  - if T1 or T2 is "pointer to noexcept function" and the other type is
5717   //    "pointer to function", where the function types are otherwise the same,
5718   //    "pointer to function";
5719   //     FIXME: This rule is defective: it should also permit removing noexcept
5720   //     from a pointer to member function.  As a Clang extension, we also
5721   //     permit removing 'noreturn', so we generalize this rule to;
5722   //     - [Clang] If T1 and T2 are both of type "pointer to function" or
5723   //       "pointer to member function" and the pointee types can be unified
5724   //       by a function pointer conversion, that conversion is applied
5725   //       before checking the following rules.
5726   //  - if T1 is "pointer to cv1 C1" and T2 is "pointer to cv2 C2", where C1
5727   //    is reference-related to C2 or C2 is reference-related to C1 (8.6.3),
5728   //    the cv-combined type of T1 and T2 or the cv-combined type of T2 and T1,
5729   //    respectively;
5730   //  - if T1 is "pointer to member of C1 of type cv1 U1" and T2 is "pointer
5731   //    to member of C2 of type cv2 U2" where C1 is reference-related to C2 or
5732   //    C2 is reference-related to C1 (8.6.3), the cv-combined type of T2 and
5733   //    T1 or the cv-combined type of T1 and T2, respectively;
5734   //  - if T1 and T2 are similar types (4.5), the cv-combined type of T1 and
5735   //    T2;
5736   //
5737   // If looked at in the right way, these bullets all do the same thing.
5738   // What we do here is, we build the two possible cv-combined types, and try
5739   // the conversions in both directions. If only one works, or if the two
5740   // composite types are the same, we have succeeded.
5741   // FIXME: extended qualifiers?
5742   //
5743   // Note that this will fail to find a composite pointer type for "pointer
5744   // to void" and "pointer to function". We can't actually perform the final
5745   // conversion in this case, even though a composite pointer type formally
5746   // exists.
5747   SmallVector<unsigned, 4> QualifierUnion;
5748   SmallVector<std::pair<const Type *, const Type *>, 4> MemberOfClass;
5749   QualType Composite1 = T1;
5750   QualType Composite2 = T2;
5751   unsigned NeedConstBefore = 0;
5752   while (true) {
5753     const PointerType *Ptr1, *Ptr2;
5754     if ((Ptr1 = Composite1->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
5755         (Ptr2 = Composite2->getAs<PointerType>())) {
5756       Composite1 = Ptr1->getPointeeType();
5757       Composite2 = Ptr2->getPointeeType();
5758 
5759       // If we're allowed to create a non-standard composite type, keep track
5760       // of where we need to fill in additional 'const' qualifiers.
5761       if (Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() != Composite2.getCVRQualifiers())
5762         NeedConstBefore = QualifierUnion.size();
5763 
5764       QualifierUnion.push_back(
5765                  Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() | Composite2.getCVRQualifiers());
5766       MemberOfClass.push_back(std::make_pair(nullptr, nullptr));
5767       continue;
5768     }
5769 
5770     const MemberPointerType *MemPtr1, *MemPtr2;
5771     if ((MemPtr1 = Composite1->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) &&
5772         (MemPtr2 = Composite2->getAs<MemberPointerType>())) {
5773       Composite1 = MemPtr1->getPointeeType();
5774       Composite2 = MemPtr2->getPointeeType();
5775 
5776       // If we're allowed to create a non-standard composite type, keep track
5777       // of where we need to fill in additional 'const' qualifiers.
5778       if (Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() != Composite2.getCVRQualifiers())
5779         NeedConstBefore = QualifierUnion.size();
5780 
5781       QualifierUnion.push_back(
5782                  Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() | Composite2.getCVRQualifiers());
5783       MemberOfClass.push_back(std::make_pair(MemPtr1->getClass(),
5784                                              MemPtr2->getClass()));
5785       continue;
5786     }
5787 
5788     // FIXME: block pointer types?
5789 
5790     // Cannot unwrap any more types.
5791     break;
5792   }
5793 
5794   // Apply the function pointer conversion to unify the types. We've already
5795   // unwrapped down to the function types, and we want to merge rather than
5796   // just convert, so do this ourselves rather than calling
5797   // IsFunctionConversion.
5798   //
5799   // FIXME: In order to match the standard wording as closely as possible, we
5800   // currently only do this under a single level of pointers. Ideally, we would
5801   // allow this in general, and set NeedConstBefore to the relevant depth on
5802   // the side(s) where we changed anything.
5803   if (QualifierUnion.size() == 1) {
5804     if (auto *FPT1 = Composite1->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
5805       if (auto *FPT2 = Composite2->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
5806         FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI1 = FPT1->getExtProtoInfo();
5807         FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI2 = FPT2->getExtProtoInfo();
5808 
5809         // The result is noreturn if both operands are.
5810         bool Noreturn =
5811             EPI1.ExtInfo.getNoReturn() && EPI2.ExtInfo.getNoReturn();
5812         EPI1.ExtInfo = EPI1.ExtInfo.withNoReturn(Noreturn);
5813         EPI2.ExtInfo = EPI2.ExtInfo.withNoReturn(Noreturn);
5814 
5815         // The result is nothrow if both operands are.
5816         SmallVector<QualType, 8> ExceptionTypeStorage;
5817         EPI1.ExceptionSpec = EPI2.ExceptionSpec =
5818             mergeExceptionSpecs(*this, EPI1.ExceptionSpec, EPI2.ExceptionSpec,
5819                                 ExceptionTypeStorage);
5820 
5821         Composite1 = Context.getFunctionType(FPT1->getReturnType(),
5822                                              FPT1->getParamTypes(), EPI1);
5823         Composite2 = Context.getFunctionType(FPT2->getReturnType(),
5824                                              FPT2->getParamTypes(), EPI2);
5825       }
5826     }
5827   }
5828 
5829   if (NeedConstBefore) {
5830     // Extension: Add 'const' to qualifiers that come before the first qualifier
5831     // mismatch, so that our (non-standard!) composite type meets the
5832     // requirements of C++ [conv.qual]p4 bullet 3.
5833     for (unsigned I = 0; I != NeedConstBefore; ++I)
5834       if ((QualifierUnion[I] & Qualifiers::Const) == 0)
5835         QualifierUnion[I] = QualifierUnion[I] | Qualifiers::Const;
5836   }
5837 
5838   // Rewrap the composites as pointers or member pointers with the union CVRs.
5839   auto MOC = MemberOfClass.rbegin();
5840   for (unsigned CVR : llvm::reverse(QualifierUnion)) {
5841     Qualifiers Quals = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(CVR);
5842     auto Classes = *MOC++;
5843     if (Classes.first && Classes.second) {
5844       // Rebuild member pointer type
5845       Composite1 = Context.getMemberPointerType(
5846           Context.getQualifiedType(Composite1, Quals), Classes.first);
5847       Composite2 = Context.getMemberPointerType(
5848           Context.getQualifiedType(Composite2, Quals), Classes.second);
5849     } else {
5850       // Rebuild pointer type
5851       Composite1 =
5852           Context.getPointerType(Context.getQualifiedType(Composite1, Quals));
5853       Composite2 =
5854           Context.getPointerType(Context.getQualifiedType(Composite2, Quals));
5855     }
5856   }
5857 
5858   struct Conversion {
5859     Sema &S;
5860     Expr *&E1, *&E2;
5861     QualType Composite;
5862     InitializedEntity Entity;
5863     InitializationKind Kind;
5864     InitializationSequence E1ToC, E2ToC;
5865     bool Viable;
5866 
5867     Conversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2,
5868                QualType Composite)
5869         : S(S), E1(E1), E2(E2), Composite(Composite),
5870           Entity(InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Composite)),
5871           Kind(InitializationKind::CreateCopy(Loc, SourceLocation())),
5872           E1ToC(S, Entity, Kind, E1), E2ToC(S, Entity, Kind, E2),
5873           Viable(E1ToC && E2ToC) {}
5874 
5875     bool perform() {
5876       ExprResult E1Result = E1ToC.Perform(S, Entity, Kind, E1);
5877       if (E1Result.isInvalid())
5878         return true;
5879       E1 = E1Result.getAs<Expr>();
5880 
5881       ExprResult E2Result = E2ToC.Perform(S, Entity, Kind, E2);
5882       if (E2Result.isInvalid())
5883         return true;
5884       E2 = E2Result.getAs<Expr>();
5885 
5886       return false;
5887     }
5888   };
5889 
5890   // Try to convert to each composite pointer type.
5891   Conversion C1(*this, Loc, E1, E2, Composite1);
5892   if (C1.Viable && Context.hasSameType(Composite1, Composite2)) {
5893     if (ConvertArgs && C1.perform())
5894       return QualType();
5895     return C1.Composite;
5896   }
5897   Conversion C2(*this, Loc, E1, E2, Composite2);
5898 
5899   if (C1.Viable == C2.Viable) {
5900     // Either Composite1 and Composite2 are viable and are different, or
5901     // neither is viable.
5902     // FIXME: How both be viable and different?
5903     return QualType();
5904   }
5905 
5906   // Convert to the chosen type.
5907   if (ConvertArgs && (C1.Viable ? C1 : C2).perform())
5908     return QualType();
5909 
5910   return C1.Viable ? C1.Composite : C2.Composite;
5911 }
5912 
5913 ExprResult Sema::MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E) {
5914   if (!E)
5915     return ExprError();
5916 
5917   assert(!isa<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(E) && "Double-bound temporary?");
5918 
5919   // If the result is a glvalue, we shouldn't bind it.
5920   if (!E->isRValue())
5921     return E;
5922 
5923   // In ARC, calls that return a retainable type can return retained,
5924   // in which case we have to insert a consuming cast.
5925   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
5926       E->getType()->isObjCRetainableType()) {
5927 
5928     bool ReturnsRetained;
5929 
5930     // For actual calls, we compute this by examining the type of the
5931     // called value.
5932     if (CallExpr *Call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) {
5933       Expr *Callee = Call->getCallee()->IgnoreParens();
5934       QualType T = Callee->getType();
5935 
5936       if (T == Context.BoundMemberTy) {
5937         // Handle pointer-to-members.
5938         if (BinaryOperator *BinOp = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Callee))
5939           T = BinOp->getRHS()->getType();
5940         else if (MemberExpr *Mem = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Callee))
5941           T = Mem->getMemberDecl()->getType();
5942       }
5943 
5944       if (const PointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>())
5945         T = Ptr->getPointeeType();
5946       else if (const BlockPointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<BlockPointerType>())
5947         T = Ptr->getPointeeType();
5948       else if (const MemberPointerType *MemPtr = T->getAs<MemberPointerType>())
5949         T = MemPtr->getPointeeType();
5950 
5951       const FunctionType *FTy = T->getAs<FunctionType>();
5952       assert(FTy && "call to value not of function type?");
5953       ReturnsRetained = FTy->getExtInfo().getProducesResult();
5954 
5955     // ActOnStmtExpr arranges things so that StmtExprs of retainable
5956     // type always produce a +1 object.
5957     } else if (isa<StmtExpr>(E)) {
5958       ReturnsRetained = true;
5959 
5960     // We hit this case with the lambda conversion-to-block optimization;
5961     // we don't want any extra casts here.
5962     } else if (isa<CastExpr>(E) &&
5963                isa<BlockExpr>(cast<CastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr())) {
5964       return E;
5965 
5966     // For message sends and property references, we try to find an
5967     // actual method.  FIXME: we should infer retention by selector in
5968     // cases where we don't have an actual method.
5969     } else {
5970       ObjCMethodDecl *D = nullptr;
5971       if (ObjCMessageExpr *Send = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(E)) {
5972         D = Send->getMethodDecl();
5973       } else if (ObjCBoxedExpr *BoxedExpr = dyn_cast<ObjCBoxedExpr>(E)) {
5974         D = BoxedExpr->getBoxingMethod();
5975       } else if (ObjCArrayLiteral *ArrayLit = dyn_cast<ObjCArrayLiteral>(E)) {
5976         D = ArrayLit->getArrayWithObjectsMethod();
5977       } else if (ObjCDictionaryLiteral *DictLit
5978                                         = dyn_cast<ObjCDictionaryLiteral>(E)) {
5979         D = DictLit->getDictWithObjectsMethod();
5980       }
5981 
5982       ReturnsRetained = (D && D->hasAttr<NSReturnsRetainedAttr>());
5983 
5984       // Don't do reclaims on performSelector calls; despite their
5985       // return type, the invoked method doesn't necessarily actually
5986       // return an object.
5987       if (!ReturnsRetained &&
5988           D && D->getMethodFamily() == OMF_performSelector)
5989         return E;
5990     }
5991 
5992     // Don't reclaim an object of Class type.
5993     if (!ReturnsRetained && E->getType()->isObjCARCImplicitlyUnretainedType())
5994       return E;
5995 
5996     Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true);
5997 
5998     CastKind ck = (ReturnsRetained ? CK_ARCConsumeObject
5999                                    : CK_ARCReclaimReturnedObject);
6000     return ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, E->getType(), ck, E, nullptr,
6001                                     VK_RValue);
6002   }
6003 
6004   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
6005     return E;
6006 
6007   // Search for the base element type (cf. ASTContext::getBaseElementType) with
6008   // a fast path for the common case that the type is directly a RecordType.
6009   const Type *T = Context.getCanonicalType(E->getType().getTypePtr());
6010   const RecordType *RT = nullptr;
6011   while (!RT) {
6012     switch (T->getTypeClass()) {
6013     case Type::Record:
6014       RT = cast<RecordType>(T);
6015       break;
6016     case Type::ConstantArray:
6017     case Type::IncompleteArray:
6018     case Type::VariableArray:
6019     case Type::DependentSizedArray:
6020       T = cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
6021       break;
6022     default:
6023       return E;
6024     }
6025   }
6026 
6027   // That should be enough to guarantee that this type is complete, if we're
6028   // not processing a decltype expression.
6029   CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
6030   if (RD->isInvalidDecl() || RD->isDependentContext())
6031     return E;
6032 
6033   bool IsDecltype = ExprEvalContexts.back().IsDecltype;
6034   CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = IsDecltype ? nullptr : LookupDestructor(RD);
6035 
6036   if (Destructor) {
6037     MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor);
6038     CheckDestructorAccess(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor,
6039                           PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_temp)
6040                             << E->getType());
6041     if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, E->getExprLoc()))
6042       return ExprError();
6043 
6044     // If destructor is trivial, we can avoid the extra copy.
6045     if (Destructor->isTrivial())
6046       return E;
6047 
6048     // We need a cleanup, but we don't need to remember the temporary.
6049     Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true);
6050   }
6051 
6052   CXXTemporary *Temp = CXXTemporary::Create(Context, Destructor);
6053   CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Bind = CXXBindTemporaryExpr::Create(Context, Temp, E);
6054 
6055   if (IsDecltype)
6056     ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeBinds.push_back(Bind);
6057 
6058   return Bind;
6059 }
6060 
6061 ExprResult
6062 Sema::MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr) {
6063   if (SubExpr.isInvalid())
6064     return ExprError();
6065 
6066   return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(SubExpr.get());
6067 }
6068 
6069 Expr *Sema::MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr) {
6070   assert(SubExpr && "subexpression can't be null!");
6071 
6072   CleanupVarDeclMarking();
6073 
6074   unsigned FirstCleanup = ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects;
6075   assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() >= FirstCleanup);
6076   assert(Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() ||
6077          ExprCleanupObjects.size() == FirstCleanup);
6078   if (!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups())
6079     return SubExpr;
6080 
6081   auto Cleanups = llvm::makeArrayRef(ExprCleanupObjects.begin() + FirstCleanup,
6082                                      ExprCleanupObjects.size() - FirstCleanup);
6083 
6084   auto *E = ExprWithCleanups::Create(
6085       Context, SubExpr, Cleanup.cleanupsHaveSideEffects(), Cleanups);
6086   DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
6087 
6088   return E;
6089 }
6090 
6091 Stmt *Sema::MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt) {
6092   assert(SubStmt && "sub-statement can't be null!");
6093 
6094   CleanupVarDeclMarking();
6095 
6096   if (!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups())
6097     return SubStmt;
6098 
6099   // FIXME: In order to attach the temporaries, wrap the statement into
6100   // a StmtExpr; currently this is only used for asm statements.
6101   // This is hacky, either create a new CXXStmtWithTemporaries statement or
6102   // a new AsmStmtWithTemporaries.
6103   CompoundStmt *CompStmt = new (Context) CompoundStmt(Context, SubStmt,
6104                                                       SourceLocation(),
6105                                                       SourceLocation());
6106   Expr *E = new (Context) StmtExpr(CompStmt, Context.VoidTy, SourceLocation(),
6107                                    SourceLocation());
6108   return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(E);
6109 }
6110 
6111 /// Process the expression contained within a decltype. For such expressions,
6112 /// certain semantic checks on temporaries are delayed until this point, and
6113 /// are omitted for the 'topmost' call in the decltype expression. If the
6114 /// topmost call bound a temporary, strip that temporary off the expression.
6115 ExprResult Sema::ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E) {
6116   assert(ExprEvalContexts.back().IsDecltype && "not in a decltype expression");
6117 
6118   // C++11 [expr.call]p11:
6119   //   If a function call is a prvalue of object type,
6120   // -- if the function call is either
6121   //   -- the operand of a decltype-specifier, or
6122   //   -- the right operand of a comma operator that is the operand of a
6123   //      decltype-specifier,
6124   //   a temporary object is not introduced for the prvalue.
6125 
6126   // Recursively rebuild ParenExprs and comma expressions to strip out the
6127   // outermost CXXBindTemporaryExpr, if any.
6128   if (ParenExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(E)) {
6129     ExprResult SubExpr = ActOnDecltypeExpression(PE->getSubExpr());
6130     if (SubExpr.isInvalid())
6131       return ExprError();
6132     if (SubExpr.get() == PE->getSubExpr())
6133       return E;
6134     return ActOnParenExpr(PE->getLParen(), PE->getRParen(), SubExpr.get());
6135   }
6136   if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
6137     if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) {
6138       ExprResult RHS = ActOnDecltypeExpression(BO->getRHS());
6139       if (RHS.isInvalid())
6140         return ExprError();
6141       if (RHS.get() == BO->getRHS())
6142         return E;
6143       return new (Context) BinaryOperator(
6144           BO->getLHS(), RHS.get(), BO_Comma, BO->getType(), BO->getValueKind(),
6145           BO->getObjectKind(), BO->getOperatorLoc(), BO->isFPContractable());
6146     }
6147   }
6148 
6149   CXXBindTemporaryExpr *TopBind = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(E);
6150   CallExpr *TopCall = TopBind ? dyn_cast<CallExpr>(TopBind->getSubExpr())
6151                               : nullptr;
6152   if (TopCall)
6153     E = TopCall;
6154   else
6155     TopBind = nullptr;
6156 
6157   // Disable the special decltype handling now.
6158   ExprEvalContexts.back().IsDecltype = false;
6159 
6160   // In MS mode, don't perform any extra checking of call return types within a
6161   // decltype expression.
6162   if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
6163     return E;
6164 
6165   // Perform the semantic checks we delayed until this point.
6166   for (unsigned I = 0, N = ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeCalls.size();
6167        I != N; ++I) {
6168     CallExpr *Call = ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeCalls[I];
6169     if (Call == TopCall)
6170       continue;
6171 
6172     if (CheckCallReturnType(Call->getCallReturnType(Context),
6173                             Call->getLocStart(),
6174                             Call, Call->getDirectCallee()))
6175       return ExprError();
6176   }
6177 
6178   // Now all relevant types are complete, check the destructors are accessible
6179   // and non-deleted, and annotate them on the temporaries.
6180   for (unsigned I = 0, N = ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeBinds.size();
6181        I != N; ++I) {
6182     CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Bind =
6183       ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeBinds[I];
6184     if (Bind == TopBind)
6185       continue;
6186 
6187     CXXTemporary *Temp = Bind->getTemporary();
6188 
6189     CXXRecordDecl *RD =
6190       Bind->getType()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
6191     CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = LookupDestructor(RD);
6192     Temp->setDestructor(Destructor);
6193 
6194     MarkFunctionReferenced(Bind->getExprLoc(), Destructor);
6195     CheckDestructorAccess(Bind->getExprLoc(), Destructor,
6196                           PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_temp)
6197                             << Bind->getType());
6198     if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, Bind->getExprLoc()))
6199       return ExprError();
6200 
6201     // We need a cleanup, but we don't need to remember the temporary.
6202     Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true);
6203   }
6204 
6205   // Possibly strip off the top CXXBindTemporaryExpr.
6206   return E;
6207 }
6208 
6209 /// Note a set of 'operator->' functions that were used for a member access.
6210 static void noteOperatorArrows(Sema &S,
6211                                ArrayRef<FunctionDecl *> OperatorArrows) {
6212   unsigned SkipStart = OperatorArrows.size(), SkipCount = 0;
6213   // FIXME: Make this configurable?
6214   unsigned Limit = 9;
6215   if (OperatorArrows.size() > Limit) {
6216     // Produce Limit-1 normal notes and one 'skipping' note.
6217     SkipStart = (Limit - 1) / 2 + (Limit - 1) % 2;
6218     SkipCount = OperatorArrows.size() - (Limit - 1);
6219   }
6220 
6221   for (unsigned I = 0; I < OperatorArrows.size(); /**/) {
6222     if (I == SkipStart) {
6223       S.Diag(OperatorArrows[I]->getLocation(),
6224              diag::note_operator_arrows_suppressed)
6225           << SkipCount;
6226       I += SkipCount;
6227     } else {
6228       S.Diag(OperatorArrows[I]->getLocation(), diag::note_operator_arrow_here)
6229           << OperatorArrows[I]->getCallResultType();
6230       ++I;
6231     }
6232   }
6233 }
6234 
6235 ExprResult Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
6236                                               SourceLocation OpLoc,
6237                                               tok::TokenKind OpKind,
6238                                               ParsedType &ObjectType,
6239                                               bool &MayBePseudoDestructor) {
6240   // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
6241   ExprResult Result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, Base);
6242   if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
6243   Base = Result.get();
6244 
6245   Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Base);
6246   if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
6247   Base = Result.get();
6248 
6249   QualType BaseType = Base->getType();
6250   MayBePseudoDestructor = false;
6251   if (BaseType->isDependentType()) {
6252     // If we have a pointer to a dependent type and are using the -> operator,
6253     // the object type is the type that the pointer points to. We might still
6254     // have enough information about that type to do something useful.
6255     if (OpKind == tok::arrow)
6256       if (const PointerType *Ptr = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>())
6257         BaseType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
6258 
6259     ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType);
6260     MayBePseudoDestructor = true;
6261     return Base;
6262   }
6263 
6264   // C++ [over.match.oper]p8:
6265   //   [...] When operator->returns, the operator-> is applied  to the value
6266   //   returned, with the original second operand.
6267   if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
6268     QualType StartingType = BaseType;
6269     bool NoArrowOperatorFound = false;
6270     bool FirstIteration = true;
6271     FunctionDecl *CurFD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext);
6272     // The set of types we've considered so far.
6273     llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType,8> CTypes;
6274     SmallVector<FunctionDecl*, 8> OperatorArrows;
6275     CTypes.insert(Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType));
6276 
6277     while (BaseType->isRecordType()) {
6278       if (OperatorArrows.size() >= getLangOpts().ArrowDepth) {
6279         Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_operator_arrow_depth_exceeded)
6280           << StartingType << getLangOpts().ArrowDepth << Base->getSourceRange();
6281         noteOperatorArrows(*this, OperatorArrows);
6282         Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_operator_arrow_depth)
6283           << getLangOpts().ArrowDepth;
6284         return ExprError();
6285       }
6286 
6287       Result = BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(
6288           S, Base, OpLoc,
6289           // When in a template specialization and on the first loop iteration,
6290           // potentially give the default diagnostic (with the fixit in a
6291           // separate note) instead of having the error reported back to here
6292           // and giving a diagnostic with a fixit attached to the error itself.
6293           (FirstIteration && CurFD && CurFD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
6294               ? nullptr
6295               : &NoArrowOperatorFound);
6296       if (Result.isInvalid()) {
6297         if (NoArrowOperatorFound) {
6298           if (FirstIteration) {
6299             Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion)
6300               << BaseType << 1 << Base->getSourceRange()
6301               << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, ".");
6302             OpKind = tok::period;
6303             break;
6304           }
6305           Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
6306             << BaseType << Base->getSourceRange();
6307           CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(Base);
6308           if (Decl *CD = (CE ? CE->getCalleeDecl() : nullptr)) {
6309             Diag(CD->getLocStart(),
6310                  diag::note_member_reference_arrow_from_operator_arrow);
6311           }
6312         }
6313         return ExprError();
6314       }
6315       Base = Result.get();
6316       if (CXXOperatorCallExpr *OpCall = dyn_cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(Base))
6317         OperatorArrows.push_back(OpCall->getDirectCallee());
6318       BaseType = Base->getType();
6319       CanQualType CBaseType = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType);
6320       if (!CTypes.insert(CBaseType).second) {
6321         Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_operator_arrow_circular) << StartingType;
6322         noteOperatorArrows(*this, OperatorArrows);
6323         return ExprError();
6324       }
6325       FirstIteration = false;
6326     }
6327 
6328     if (OpKind == tok::arrow &&
6329         (BaseType->isPointerType() || BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()))
6330       BaseType = BaseType->getPointeeType();
6331   }
6332 
6333   // Objective-C properties allow "." access on Objective-C pointer types,
6334   // so adjust the base type to the object type itself.
6335   if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
6336     BaseType = BaseType->getPointeeType();
6337 
6338   // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p2:
6339   //   [...] If the type of the object expression is of pointer to scalar
6340   //   type, the unqualified-id is looked up in the context of the complete
6341   //   postfix-expression.
6342   //
6343   // This also indicates that we could be parsing a pseudo-destructor-name.
6344   // Note that Objective-C class and object types can be pseudo-destructor
6345   // expressions or normal member (ivar or property) access expressions, and
6346   // it's legal for the type to be incomplete if this is a pseudo-destructor
6347   // call.  We'll do more incomplete-type checks later in the lookup process,
6348   // so just skip this check for ObjC types.
6349   if (BaseType->isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType()) {
6350     ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType);
6351     MayBePseudoDestructor = true;
6352     return Base;
6353   } else if (!BaseType->isRecordType()) {
6354     ObjectType = nullptr;
6355     MayBePseudoDestructor = true;
6356     return Base;
6357   }
6358 
6359   // The object type must be complete (or dependent), or
6360   // C++11 [expr.prim.general]p3:
6361   //   Unlike the object expression in other contexts, *this is not required to
6362   //   be of complete type for purposes of class member access (5.2.5) outside
6363   //   the member function body.
6364   if (!BaseType->isDependentType() &&
6365       !isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(BaseType) &&
6366       RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType, diag::err_incomplete_member_access))
6367     return ExprError();
6368 
6369   // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p2:
6370   //   If the id-expression in a class member access (5.2.5) is an
6371   //   unqualified-id, and the type of the object expression is of a class
6372   //   type C (or of pointer to a class type C), the unqualified-id is looked
6373   //   up in the scope of class C. [...]
6374   ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType);
6375   return Base;
6376 }
6377 
6378 static bool CheckArrow(Sema& S, QualType& ObjectType, Expr *&Base,
6379                    tok::TokenKind& OpKind, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
6380   if (Base->hasPlaceholderType()) {
6381     ExprResult result = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(Base);
6382     if (result.isInvalid()) return true;
6383     Base = result.get();
6384   }
6385   ObjectType = Base->getType();
6386 
6387   // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
6388   //   The left-hand side of the dot operator shall be of scalar type. The
6389   //   left-hand side of the arrow operator shall be of pointer to scalar type.
6390   //   This scalar type is the object type.
6391   // Note that this is rather different from the normal handling for the
6392   // arrow operator.
6393   if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
6394     if (const PointerType *Ptr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
6395       ObjectType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
6396     } else if (!Base->isTypeDependent()) {
6397       // The user wrote "p->" when they probably meant "p."; fix it.
6398       S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion)
6399         << ObjectType << true
6400         << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, ".");
6401       if (S.isSFINAEContext())
6402         return true;
6403 
6404       OpKind = tok::period;
6405     }
6406   }
6407 
6408   return false;
6409 }
6410 
6411 ExprResult Sema::BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base,
6412                                            SourceLocation OpLoc,
6413                                            tok::TokenKind OpKind,
6414                                            const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
6415                                            TypeSourceInfo *ScopeTypeInfo,
6416                                            SourceLocation CCLoc,
6417                                            SourceLocation TildeLoc,
6418                                          PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed) {
6419   TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = Destructed.getTypeSourceInfo();
6420 
6421   QualType ObjectType;
6422   if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc))
6423     return ExprError();
6424 
6425   if (!ObjectType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isScalarType() &&
6426       !ObjectType->isVectorType()) {
6427     if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && ObjectType->isVoidType())
6428       Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_pseudo_dtor_on_void) << Base->getSourceRange();
6429     else {
6430       Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_base_not_scalar)
6431         << ObjectType << Base->getSourceRange();
6432       return ExprError();
6433     }
6434   }
6435 
6436   // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
6437   //   [...] The cv-unqualified versions of the object type and of the type
6438   //   designated by the pseudo-destructor-name shall be the same type.
6439   if (DestructedTypeInfo) {
6440     QualType DestructedType = DestructedTypeInfo->getType();
6441     SourceLocation DestructedTypeStart
6442       = DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange().getBegin();
6443     if (!DestructedType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isDependentType()) {
6444       if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DestructedType, ObjectType)) {
6445         Diag(DestructedTypeStart, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch)
6446           << ObjectType << DestructedType << Base->getSourceRange()
6447           << DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange();
6448 
6449         // Recover by setting the destructed type to the object type.
6450         DestructedType = ObjectType;
6451         DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ObjectType,
6452                                                            DestructedTypeStart);
6453         Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo);
6454       } else if (DestructedType.getObjCLifetime() !=
6455                                                 ObjectType.getObjCLifetime()) {
6456 
6457         if (DestructedType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None) {
6458           // Okay: just pretend that the user provided the correctly-qualified
6459           // type.
6460         } else {
6461           Diag(DestructedTypeStart, diag::err_arc_pseudo_dtor_inconstant_quals)
6462             << ObjectType << DestructedType << Base->getSourceRange()
6463             << DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange();
6464         }
6465 
6466         // Recover by setting the destructed type to the object type.
6467         DestructedType = ObjectType;
6468         DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ObjectType,
6469                                                            DestructedTypeStart);
6470         Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo);
6471       }
6472     }
6473   }
6474 
6475   // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
6476   //   [...] Furthermore, the two type-names in a pseudo-destructor-name of the
6477   //   form
6478   //
6479   //     ::[opt] nested-name-specifier[opt] type-name :: ~ type-name
6480   //
6481   //   shall designate the same scalar type.
6482   if (ScopeTypeInfo) {
6483     QualType ScopeType = ScopeTypeInfo->getType();
6484     if (!ScopeType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isDependentType() &&
6485         !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ScopeType, ObjectType)) {
6486 
6487       Diag(ScopeTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange().getBegin(),
6488            diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch)
6489         << ObjectType << ScopeType << Base->getSourceRange()
6490         << ScopeTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange();
6491 
6492       ScopeType = QualType();
6493       ScopeTypeInfo = nullptr;
6494     }
6495   }
6496 
6497   Expr *Result
6498     = new (Context) CXXPseudoDestructorExpr(Context, Base,
6499                                             OpKind == tok::arrow, OpLoc,
6500                                             SS.getWithLocInContext(Context),
6501                                             ScopeTypeInfo,
6502                                             CCLoc,
6503                                             TildeLoc,
6504                                             Destructed);
6505 
6506   return Result;
6507 }
6508 
6509 ExprResult Sema::ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
6510                                            SourceLocation OpLoc,
6511                                            tok::TokenKind OpKind,
6512                                            CXXScopeSpec &SS,
6513                                            UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName,
6514                                            SourceLocation CCLoc,
6515                                            SourceLocation TildeLoc,
6516                                            UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName) {
6517   assert((FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId ||
6518           FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) &&
6519          "Invalid first type name in pseudo-destructor");
6520   assert((SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId ||
6521           SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) &&
6522          "Invalid second type name in pseudo-destructor");
6523 
6524   QualType ObjectType;
6525   if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc))
6526     return ExprError();
6527 
6528   // Compute the object type that we should use for name lookup purposes. Only
6529   // record types and dependent types matter.
6530   ParsedType ObjectTypePtrForLookup;
6531   if (!SS.isSet()) {
6532     if (ObjectType->isRecordType())
6533       ObjectTypePtrForLookup = ParsedType::make(ObjectType);
6534     else if (ObjectType->isDependentType())
6535       ObjectTypePtrForLookup = ParsedType::make(Context.DependentTy);
6536   }
6537 
6538   // Convert the name of the type being destructed (following the ~) into a
6539   // type (with source-location information).
6540   QualType DestructedType;
6541   TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = nullptr;
6542   PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed;
6543   if (SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) {
6544     ParsedType T = getTypeName(*SecondTypeName.Identifier,
6545                                SecondTypeName.StartLocation,
6546                                S, &SS, true, false, ObjectTypePtrForLookup);
6547     if (!T &&
6548         ((SS.isSet() && !computeDeclContext(SS, false)) ||
6549          (!SS.isSet() && ObjectType->isDependentType()))) {
6550       // The name of the type being destroyed is a dependent name, and we
6551       // couldn't find anything useful in scope. Just store the identifier and
6552       // it's location, and we'll perform (qualified) name lookup again at
6553       // template instantiation time.
6554       Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(SecondTypeName.Identifier,
6555                                                SecondTypeName.StartLocation);
6556     } else if (!T) {
6557       Diag(SecondTypeName.StartLocation,
6558            diag::err_pseudo_dtor_destructor_non_type)
6559         << SecondTypeName.Identifier << ObjectType;
6560       if (isSFINAEContext())
6561         return ExprError();
6562 
6563       // Recover by assuming we had the right type all along.
6564       DestructedType = ObjectType;
6565     } else
6566       DestructedType = GetTypeFromParser(T, &DestructedTypeInfo);
6567   } else {
6568     // Resolve the template-id to a type.
6569     TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = SecondTypeName.TemplateId;
6570     ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
6571                                        TemplateId->NumArgs);
6572     TypeResult T = ActOnTemplateIdType(TemplateId->SS,
6573                                        TemplateId->TemplateKWLoc,
6574                                        TemplateId->Template,
6575                                        TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc,
6576                                        TemplateId->LAngleLoc,
6577                                        TemplateArgsPtr,
6578                                        TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
6579     if (T.isInvalid() || !T.get()) {
6580       // Recover by assuming we had the right type all along.
6581       DestructedType = ObjectType;
6582     } else
6583       DestructedType = GetTypeFromParser(T.get(), &DestructedTypeInfo);
6584   }
6585 
6586   // If we've performed some kind of recovery, (re-)build the type source
6587   // information.
6588   if (!DestructedType.isNull()) {
6589     if (!DestructedTypeInfo)
6590       DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(DestructedType,
6591                                                   SecondTypeName.StartLocation);
6592     Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo);
6593   }
6594 
6595   // Convert the name of the scope type (the type prior to '::') into a type.
6596   TypeSourceInfo *ScopeTypeInfo = nullptr;
6597   QualType ScopeType;
6598   if (FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId ||
6599       FirstTypeName.Identifier) {
6600     if (FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) {
6601       ParsedType T = getTypeName(*FirstTypeName.Identifier,
6602                                  FirstTypeName.StartLocation,
6603                                  S, &SS, true, false, ObjectTypePtrForLookup);
6604       if (!T) {
6605         Diag(FirstTypeName.StartLocation,
6606              diag::err_pseudo_dtor_destructor_non_type)
6607           << FirstTypeName.Identifier << ObjectType;
6608 
6609         if (isSFINAEContext())
6610           return ExprError();
6611 
6612         // Just drop this type. It's unnecessary anyway.
6613         ScopeType = QualType();
6614       } else
6615         ScopeType = GetTypeFromParser(T, &ScopeTypeInfo);
6616     } else {
6617       // Resolve the template-id to a type.
6618       TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = FirstTypeName.TemplateId;
6619       ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
6620                                          TemplateId->NumArgs);
6621       TypeResult T = ActOnTemplateIdType(TemplateId->SS,
6622                                          TemplateId->TemplateKWLoc,
6623                                          TemplateId->Template,
6624                                          TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc,
6625                                          TemplateId->LAngleLoc,
6626                                          TemplateArgsPtr,
6627                                          TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
6628       if (T.isInvalid() || !T.get()) {
6629         // Recover by dropping this type.
6630         ScopeType = QualType();
6631       } else
6632         ScopeType = GetTypeFromParser(T.get(), &ScopeTypeInfo);
6633     }
6634   }
6635 
6636   if (!ScopeType.isNull() && !ScopeTypeInfo)
6637     ScopeTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ScopeType,
6638                                                   FirstTypeName.StartLocation);
6639 
6640 
6641   return BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Base, OpLoc, OpKind, SS,
6642                                    ScopeTypeInfo, CCLoc, TildeLoc,
6643                                    Destructed);
6644 }
6645 
6646 ExprResult Sema::ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
6647                                            SourceLocation OpLoc,
6648                                            tok::TokenKind OpKind,
6649                                            SourceLocation TildeLoc,
6650                                            const DeclSpec& DS) {
6651   QualType ObjectType;
6652   if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc))
6653     return ExprError();
6654 
6655   QualType T = BuildDecltypeType(DS.getRepAsExpr(), DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc(),
6656                                  false);
6657 
6658   TypeLocBuilder TLB;
6659   DecltypeTypeLoc DecltypeTL = TLB.push<DecltypeTypeLoc>(T);
6660   DecltypeTL.setNameLoc(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
6661   TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = TLB.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T);
6662   PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed(DestructedTypeInfo);
6663 
6664   return BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Base, OpLoc, OpKind, CXXScopeSpec(),
6665                                    nullptr, SourceLocation(), TildeLoc,
6666                                    Destructed);
6667 }
6668 
6669 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *E, NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
6670                                         CXXConversionDecl *Method,
6671                                         bool HadMultipleCandidates) {
6672   if (Method->getParent()->isLambda() &&
6673       Method->getConversionType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
6674     // This is a lambda coversion to block pointer; check if the argument
6675     // is a LambdaExpr.
6676     Expr *SubE = E;
6677     CastExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CastExpr>(SubE);
6678     if (CE && CE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp)
6679       SubE = CE->getSubExpr();
6680     SubE = SubE->IgnoreParens();
6681     if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *BE = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(SubE))
6682       SubE = BE->getSubExpr();
6683     if (isa<LambdaExpr>(SubE)) {
6684       // For the conversion to block pointer on a lambda expression, we
6685       // construct a special BlockLiteral instead; this doesn't really make
6686       // a difference in ARC, but outside of ARC the resulting block literal
6687       // follows the normal lifetime rules for block literals instead of being
6688       // autoreleased.
6689       DiagnosticErrorTrap Trap(Diags);
6690       PushExpressionEvaluationContext(PotentiallyEvaluated);
6691       ExprResult Exp = BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(E->getExprLoc(),
6692                                                      E->getExprLoc(),
6693                                                      Method, E);
6694       PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
6695 
6696       if (Exp.isInvalid())
6697         Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::note_lambda_to_block_conv);
6698       return Exp;
6699     }
6700   }
6701 
6702   ExprResult Exp = PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(E, /*Qualifier=*/nullptr,
6703                                           FoundDecl, Method);
6704   if (Exp.isInvalid())
6705     return true;
6706 
6707   MemberExpr *ME = new (Context) MemberExpr(
6708       Exp.get(), /*IsArrow=*/false, SourceLocation(), Method, SourceLocation(),
6709       Context.BoundMemberTy, VK_RValue, OK_Ordinary);
6710   if (HadMultipleCandidates)
6711     ME->setHadMultipleCandidates(true);
6712   MarkMemberReferenced(ME);
6713 
6714   QualType ResultType = Method->getReturnType();
6715   ExprValueKind VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(ResultType);
6716   ResultType = ResultType.getNonLValueExprType(Context);
6717 
6718   CXXMemberCallExpr *CE =
6719     new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, ME, None, ResultType, VK,
6720                                     Exp.get()->getLocEnd());
6721   return CE;
6722 }
6723 
6724 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand,
6725                                       SourceLocation RParen) {
6726   // If the operand is an unresolved lookup expression, the expression is ill-
6727   // formed per [over.over]p1, because overloaded function names cannot be used
6728   // without arguments except in explicit contexts.
6729   ExprResult R = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Operand);
6730   if (R.isInvalid())
6731     return R;
6732 
6733   // The operand may have been modified when checking the placeholder type.
6734   Operand = R.get();
6735 
6736   if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() &&
6737       Operand->HasSideEffects(Context, false)) {
6738     // The expression operand for noexcept is in an unevaluated expression
6739     // context, so side effects could result in unintended consequences.
6740     Diag(Operand->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_side_effects_unevaluated_context);
6741   }
6742 
6743   CanThrowResult CanThrow = canThrow(Operand);
6744   return new (Context)
6745       CXXNoexceptExpr(Context.BoolTy, Operand, CanThrow, KeyLoc, RParen);
6746 }
6747 
6748 ExprResult Sema::ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation,
6749                                    Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen) {
6750   return BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(KeyLoc, Operand, RParen);
6751 }
6752 
6753 static bool IsSpecialDiscardedValue(Expr *E) {
6754   // In C++11, discarded-value expressions of a certain form are special,
6755   // according to [expr]p10:
6756   //   The lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (4.1) is applied only if the
6757   //   expression is an lvalue of volatile-qualified type and it has
6758   //   one of the following forms:
6759   E = E->IgnoreParens();
6760 
6761   //   - id-expression (5.1.1),
6762   if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
6763     return true;
6764 
6765   //   - subscripting (5.2.1),
6766   if (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E))
6767     return true;
6768 
6769   //   - class member access (5.2.5),
6770   if (isa<MemberExpr>(E))
6771     return true;
6772 
6773   //   - indirection (5.3.1),
6774   if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E))
6775     if (UO->getOpcode() == UO_Deref)
6776       return true;
6777 
6778   if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
6779     //   - pointer-to-member operation (5.5),
6780     if (BO->isPtrMemOp())
6781       return true;
6782 
6783     //   - comma expression (5.18) where the right operand is one of the above.
6784     if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma)
6785       return IsSpecialDiscardedValue(BO->getRHS());
6786   }
6787 
6788   //   - conditional expression (5.16) where both the second and the third
6789   //     operands are one of the above, or
6790   if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E))
6791     return IsSpecialDiscardedValue(CO->getTrueExpr()) &&
6792            IsSpecialDiscardedValue(CO->getFalseExpr());
6793   // The related edge case of "*x ?: *x".
6794   if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO =
6795           dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) {
6796     if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(BCO->getTrueExpr()))
6797       return IsSpecialDiscardedValue(OVE->getSourceExpr()) &&
6798              IsSpecialDiscardedValue(BCO->getFalseExpr());
6799   }
6800 
6801   // Objective-C++ extensions to the rule.
6802   if (isa<PseudoObjectExpr>(E) || isa<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(E))
6803     return true;
6804 
6805   return false;
6806 }
6807 
6808 /// Perform the conversions required for an expression used in a
6809 /// context that ignores the result.
6810 ExprResult Sema::IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E) {
6811   if (E->hasPlaceholderType()) {
6812     ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E);
6813     if (result.isInvalid()) return E;
6814     E = result.get();
6815   }
6816 
6817   // C99 6.3.2.1:
6818   //   [Except in specific positions,] an lvalue that does not have
6819   //   array type is converted to the value stored in the
6820   //   designated object (and is no longer an lvalue).
6821   if (E->isRValue()) {
6822     // In C, function designators (i.e. expressions of function type)
6823     // are r-values, but we still want to do function-to-pointer decay
6824     // on them.  This is both technically correct and convenient for
6825     // some clients.
6826     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && E->getType()->isFunctionType())
6827       return DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E);
6828 
6829     return E;
6830   }
6831 
6832   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)  {
6833     // The C++11 standard defines the notion of a discarded-value expression;
6834     // normally, we don't need to do anything to handle it, but if it is a
6835     // volatile lvalue with a special form, we perform an lvalue-to-rvalue
6836     // conversion.
6837     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && E->isGLValue() &&
6838         E->getType().isVolatileQualified() &&
6839         IsSpecialDiscardedValue(E)) {
6840       ExprResult Res = DefaultLvalueConversion(E);
6841       if (Res.isInvalid())
6842         return E;
6843       E = Res.get();
6844     }
6845 
6846     // C++1z:
6847     //   If the expression is a prvalue after this optional conversion, the
6848     //   temporary materialization conversion is applied.
6849     //
6850     // We skip this step: IR generation is able to synthesize the storage for
6851     // itself in the aggregate case, and adding the extra node to the AST is
6852     // just clutter.
6853     // FIXME: We don't emit lifetime markers for the temporaries due to this.
6854     // FIXME: Do any other AST consumers care about this?
6855     return E;
6856   }
6857 
6858   // GCC seems to also exclude expressions of incomplete enum type.
6859   if (const EnumType *T = E->getType()->getAs<EnumType>()) {
6860     if (!T->getDecl()->isComplete()) {
6861       // FIXME: stupid workaround for a codegen bug!
6862       E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.VoidTy, CK_ToVoid).get();
6863       return E;
6864     }
6865   }
6866 
6867   ExprResult Res = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E);
6868   if (Res.isInvalid())
6869     return E;
6870   E = Res.get();
6871 
6872   if (!E->getType()->isVoidType())
6873     RequireCompleteType(E->getExprLoc(), E->getType(),
6874                         diag::err_incomplete_type);
6875   return E;
6876 }
6877 
6878 // If we can unambiguously determine whether Var can never be used
6879 // in a constant expression, return true.
6880 //  - if the variable and its initializer are non-dependent, then
6881 //    we can unambiguously check if the variable is a constant expression.
6882 //  - if the initializer is not value dependent - we can determine whether
6883 //    it can be used to initialize a constant expression.  If Init can not
6884 //    be used to initialize a constant expression we conclude that Var can
6885 //    never be a constant expression.
6886 //  - FXIME: if the initializer is dependent, we can still do some analysis and
6887 //    identify certain cases unambiguously as non-const by using a Visitor:
6888 //      - such as those that involve odr-use of a ParmVarDecl, involve a new
6889 //        delete, lambda-expr, dynamic-cast, reinterpret-cast etc...
6890 static inline bool VariableCanNeverBeAConstantExpression(VarDecl *Var,
6891     ASTContext &Context) {
6892   if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(Var)) return true;
6893   const VarDecl *DefVD = nullptr;
6894 
6895   // If there is no initializer - this can not be a constant expression.
6896   if (!Var->getAnyInitializer(DefVD)) return true;
6897   assert(DefVD);
6898   if (DefVD->isWeak()) return false;
6899   EvaluatedStmt *Eval = DefVD->ensureEvaluatedStmt();
6900 
6901   Expr *Init = cast<Expr>(Eval->Value);
6902 
6903   if (Var->getType()->isDependentType() || Init->isValueDependent()) {
6904     // FIXME: Teach the constant evaluator to deal with the non-dependent parts
6905     // of value-dependent expressions, and use it here to determine whether the
6906     // initializer is a potential constant expression.
6907     return false;
6908   }
6909 
6910   return !IsVariableAConstantExpression(Var, Context);
6911 }
6912 
6913 /// \brief Check if the current lambda has any potential captures
6914 /// that must be captured by any of its enclosing lambdas that are ready to
6915 /// capture. If there is a lambda that can capture a nested
6916 /// potential-capture, go ahead and do so.  Also, check to see if any
6917 /// variables are uncaptureable or do not involve an odr-use so do not
6918 /// need to be captured.
6919 
6920 static void CheckIfAnyEnclosingLambdasMustCaptureAnyPotentialCaptures(
6921     Expr *const FE, LambdaScopeInfo *const CurrentLSI, Sema &S) {
6922 
6923   assert(!S.isUnevaluatedContext());
6924   assert(S.CurContext->isDependentContext());
6925 #ifndef NDEBUG
6926   DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext;
6927   while (DC && isa<CapturedDecl>(DC))
6928     DC = DC->getParent();
6929   assert(
6930       CurrentLSI->CallOperator == DC &&
6931       "The current call operator must be synchronized with Sema's CurContext");
6932 #endif // NDEBUG
6933 
6934   const bool IsFullExprInstantiationDependent = FE->isInstantiationDependent();
6935 
6936   ArrayRef<const FunctionScopeInfo *> FunctionScopesArrayRef(
6937       S.FunctionScopes.data(), S.FunctionScopes.size());
6938 
6939   // All the potentially captureable variables in the current nested
6940   // lambda (within a generic outer lambda), must be captured by an
6941   // outer lambda that is enclosed within a non-dependent context.
6942   const unsigned NumPotentialCaptures =
6943       CurrentLSI->getNumPotentialVariableCaptures();
6944   for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumPotentialCaptures; ++I) {
6945     Expr *VarExpr = nullptr;
6946     VarDecl *Var = nullptr;
6947     CurrentLSI->getPotentialVariableCapture(I, Var, VarExpr);
6948     // If the variable is clearly identified as non-odr-used and the full
6949     // expression is not instantiation dependent, only then do we not
6950     // need to check enclosing lambda's for speculative captures.
6951     // For e.g.:
6952     // Even though 'x' is not odr-used, it should be captured.
6953     // int test() {
6954     //   const int x = 10;
6955     //   auto L = [=](auto a) {
6956     //     (void) +x + a;
6957     //   };
6958     // }
6959     if (CurrentLSI->isVariableExprMarkedAsNonODRUsed(VarExpr) &&
6960         !IsFullExprInstantiationDependent)
6961       continue;
6962 
6963     // If we have a capture-capable lambda for the variable, go ahead and
6964     // capture the variable in that lambda (and all its enclosing lambdas).
6965     if (const Optional<unsigned> Index =
6966             getStackIndexOfNearestEnclosingCaptureCapableLambda(
6967                 FunctionScopesArrayRef, Var, S)) {
6968       const unsigned FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda = Index.getValue();
6969       MarkVarDeclODRUsed(Var, VarExpr->getExprLoc(), S,
6970                          &FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda);
6971     }
6972     const bool IsVarNeverAConstantExpression =
6973         VariableCanNeverBeAConstantExpression(Var, S.Context);
6974     if (!IsFullExprInstantiationDependent || IsVarNeverAConstantExpression) {
6975       // This full expression is not instantiation dependent or the variable
6976       // can not be used in a constant expression - which means
6977       // this variable must be odr-used here, so diagnose a
6978       // capture violation early, if the variable is un-captureable.
6979       // This is purely for diagnosing errors early.  Otherwise, this
6980       // error would get diagnosed when the lambda becomes capture ready.
6981       QualType CaptureType, DeclRefType;
6982       SourceLocation ExprLoc = VarExpr->getExprLoc();
6983       if (S.tryCaptureVariable(Var, ExprLoc, S.TryCapture_Implicit,
6984                           /*EllipsisLoc*/ SourceLocation(),
6985                           /*BuildAndDiagnose*/false, CaptureType,
6986                           DeclRefType, nullptr)) {
6987         // We will never be able to capture this variable, and we need
6988         // to be able to in any and all instantiations, so diagnose it.
6989         S.tryCaptureVariable(Var, ExprLoc, S.TryCapture_Implicit,
6990                           /*EllipsisLoc*/ SourceLocation(),
6991                           /*BuildAndDiagnose*/true, CaptureType,
6992                           DeclRefType, nullptr);
6993       }
6994     }
6995   }
6996 
6997   // Check if 'this' needs to be captured.
6998   if (CurrentLSI->hasPotentialThisCapture()) {
6999     // If we have a capture-capable lambda for 'this', go ahead and capture
7000     // 'this' in that lambda (and all its enclosing lambdas).
7001     if (const Optional<unsigned> Index =
7002             getStackIndexOfNearestEnclosingCaptureCapableLambda(
7003                 FunctionScopesArrayRef, /*0 is 'this'*/ nullptr, S)) {
7004       const unsigned FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda = Index.getValue();
7005       S.CheckCXXThisCapture(CurrentLSI->PotentialThisCaptureLocation,
7006                             /*Explicit*/ false, /*BuildAndDiagnose*/ true,
7007                             &FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda);
7008     }
7009   }
7010 
7011   // Reset all the potential captures at the end of each full-expression.
7012   CurrentLSI->clearPotentialCaptures();
7013 }
7014 
7015 static ExprResult attemptRecovery(Sema &SemaRef,
7016                                   const TypoCorrectionConsumer &Consumer,
7017                                   const TypoCorrection &TC) {
7018   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Consumer.getLookupResult().getLookupNameInfo(),
7019                  Consumer.getLookupResult().getLookupKind());
7020   const CXXScopeSpec *SS = Consumer.getSS();
7021   CXXScopeSpec NewSS;
7022 
7023   // Use an approprate CXXScopeSpec for building the expr.
7024   if (auto *NNS = TC.getCorrectionSpecifier())
7025     NewSS.MakeTrivial(SemaRef.Context, NNS, TC.getCorrectionRange());
7026   else if (SS && !TC.WillReplaceSpecifier())
7027     NewSS = *SS;
7028 
7029   if (auto *ND = TC.getFoundDecl()) {
7030     R.setLookupName(ND->getDeclName());
7031     R.addDecl(ND);
7032     if (ND->isCXXClassMember()) {
7033       // Figure out the correct naming class to add to the LookupResult.
7034       CXXRecordDecl *Record = nullptr;
7035       if (auto *NNS = TC.getCorrectionSpecifier())
7036         Record = NNS->getAsType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
7037       if (!Record)
7038         Record =
7039             dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext());
7040       if (Record)
7041         R.setNamingClass(Record);
7042 
7043       // Detect and handle the case where the decl might be an implicit
7044       // member.
7045       bool MightBeImplicitMember;
7046       if (!Consumer.isAddressOfOperand())
7047         MightBeImplicitMember = true;
7048       else if (!NewSS.isEmpty())
7049         MightBeImplicitMember = false;
7050       else if (R.isOverloadedResult())
7051         MightBeImplicitMember = false;
7052       else if (R.isUnresolvableResult())
7053         MightBeImplicitMember = true;
7054       else
7055         MightBeImplicitMember = isa<FieldDecl>(ND) ||
7056                                 isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(ND) ||
7057                                 isa<MSPropertyDecl>(ND);
7058 
7059       if (MightBeImplicitMember)
7060         return SemaRef.BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(
7061             NewSS, /*TemplateKWLoc*/ SourceLocation(), R,
7062             /*TemplateArgs*/ nullptr, /*S*/ nullptr);
7063     } else if (auto *Ivar = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ND)) {
7064       return SemaRef.LookupInObjCMethod(R, Consumer.getScope(),
7065                                         Ivar->getIdentifier());
7066     }
7067   }
7068 
7069   return SemaRef.BuildDeclarationNameExpr(NewSS, R, /*NeedsADL*/ false,
7070                                           /*AcceptInvalidDecl*/ true);
7071 }
7072 
7073 namespace {
7074 class FindTypoExprs : public RecursiveASTVisitor<FindTypoExprs> {
7075   llvm::SmallSetVector<TypoExpr *, 2> &TypoExprs;
7076 
7077 public:
7078   explicit FindTypoExprs(llvm::SmallSetVector<TypoExpr *, 2> &TypoExprs)
7079       : TypoExprs(TypoExprs) {}
7080   bool VisitTypoExpr(TypoExpr *TE) {
7081     TypoExprs.insert(TE);
7082     return true;
7083   }
7084 };
7085 
7086 class TransformTypos : public TreeTransform<TransformTypos> {
7087   typedef TreeTransform<TransformTypos> BaseTransform;
7088 
7089   VarDecl *InitDecl; // A decl to avoid as a correction because it is in the
7090                      // process of being initialized.
7091   llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> ExprFilter;
7092   llvm::SmallSetVector<TypoExpr *, 2> TypoExprs, AmbiguousTypoExprs;
7093   llvm::SmallDenseMap<TypoExpr *, ExprResult, 2> TransformCache;
7094   llvm::SmallDenseMap<OverloadExpr *, Expr *, 4> OverloadResolution;
7095 
7096   /// \brief Emit diagnostics for all of the TypoExprs encountered.
7097   /// If the TypoExprs were successfully corrected, then the diagnostics should
7098   /// suggest the corrections. Otherwise the diagnostics will not suggest
7099   /// anything (having been passed an empty TypoCorrection).
7100   void EmitAllDiagnostics() {
7101     for (auto E : TypoExprs) {
7102       TypoExpr *TE = cast<TypoExpr>(E);
7103       auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE);
7104       if (State.DiagHandler) {
7105         TypoCorrection TC = State.Consumer->getCurrentCorrection();
7106         ExprResult Replacement = TransformCache[TE];
7107 
7108         // Extract the NamedDecl from the transformed TypoExpr and add it to the
7109         // TypoCorrection, replacing the existing decls. This ensures the right
7110         // NamedDecl is used in diagnostics e.g. in the case where overload
7111         // resolution was used to select one from several possible decls that
7112         // had been stored in the TypoCorrection.
7113         if (auto *ND = getDeclFromExpr(
7114                 Replacement.isInvalid() ? nullptr : Replacement.get()))
7115           TC.setCorrectionDecl(ND);
7116 
7117         State.DiagHandler(TC);
7118       }
7119       SemaRef.clearDelayedTypo(TE);
7120     }
7121   }
7122 
7123   /// \brief If corrections for the first TypoExpr have been exhausted for a
7124   /// given combination of the other TypoExprs, retry those corrections against
7125   /// the next combination of substitutions for the other TypoExprs by advancing
7126   /// to the next potential correction of the second TypoExpr. For the second
7127   /// and subsequent TypoExprs, if its stream of corrections has been exhausted,
7128   /// the stream is reset and the next TypoExpr's stream is advanced by one (a
7129   /// TypoExpr's correction stream is advanced by removing the TypoExpr from the
7130   /// TransformCache). Returns true if there is still any untried combinations
7131   /// of corrections.
7132   bool CheckAndAdvanceTypoExprCorrectionStreams() {
7133     for (auto TE : TypoExprs) {
7134       auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE);
7135       TransformCache.erase(TE);
7136       if (!State.Consumer->finished())
7137         return true;
7138       State.Consumer->resetCorrectionStream();
7139     }
7140     return false;
7141   }
7142 
7143   NamedDecl *getDeclFromExpr(Expr *E) {
7144     if (auto *OE = dyn_cast_or_null<OverloadExpr>(E))
7145       E = OverloadResolution[OE];
7146 
7147     if (!E)
7148       return nullptr;
7149     if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E))
7150       return DRE->getFoundDecl();
7151     if (auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
7152       return ME->getFoundDecl();
7153     // FIXME: Add any other expr types that could be be seen by the delayed typo
7154     // correction TreeTransform for which the corresponding TypoCorrection could
7155     // contain multiple decls.
7156     return nullptr;
7157   }
7158 
7159   ExprResult TryTransform(Expr *E) {
7160     Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef);
7161     ExprResult Res = TransformExpr(E);
7162     if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred() || Res.isInvalid())
7163       return ExprError();
7164 
7165     return ExprFilter(Res.get());
7166   }
7167 
7168 public:
7169   TransformTypos(Sema &SemaRef, VarDecl *InitDecl, llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter)
7170       : BaseTransform(SemaRef), InitDecl(InitDecl), ExprFilter(Filter) {}
7171 
7172   ExprResult RebuildCallExpr(Expr *Callee, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7173                                    MultiExprArg Args,
7174                                    SourceLocation RParenLoc,
7175                                    Expr *ExecConfig = nullptr) {
7176     auto Result = BaseTransform::RebuildCallExpr(Callee, LParenLoc, Args,
7177                                                  RParenLoc, ExecConfig);
7178     if (auto *OE = dyn_cast<OverloadExpr>(Callee)) {
7179       if (Result.isUsable()) {
7180         Expr *ResultCall = Result.get();
7181         if (auto *BE = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(ResultCall))
7182           ResultCall = BE->getSubExpr();
7183         if (auto *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(ResultCall))
7184           OverloadResolution[OE] = CE->getCallee();
7185       }
7186     }
7187     return Result;
7188   }
7189 
7190   ExprResult TransformLambdaExpr(LambdaExpr *E) { return Owned(E); }
7191 
7192   ExprResult TransformBlockExpr(BlockExpr *E) { return Owned(E); }
7193 
7194   ExprResult TransformObjCPropertyRefExpr(ObjCPropertyRefExpr *E) {
7195     return Owned(E);
7196   }
7197 
7198   ExprResult TransformObjCIvarRefExpr(ObjCIvarRefExpr *E) {
7199     return Owned(E);
7200   }
7201 
7202   ExprResult Transform(Expr *E) {
7203     ExprResult Res;
7204     while (true) {
7205       Res = TryTransform(E);
7206 
7207       // Exit if either the transform was valid or if there were no TypoExprs
7208       // to transform that still have any untried correction candidates..
7209       if (!Res.isInvalid() ||
7210           !CheckAndAdvanceTypoExprCorrectionStreams())
7211         break;
7212     }
7213 
7214     // Ensure none of the TypoExprs have multiple typo correction candidates
7215     // with the same edit length that pass all the checks and filters.
7216     // TODO: Properly handle various permutations of possible corrections when
7217     // there is more than one potentially ambiguous typo correction.
7218     // Also, disable typo correction while attempting the transform when
7219     // handling potentially ambiguous typo corrections as any new TypoExprs will
7220     // have been introduced by the application of one of the correction
7221     // candidates and add little to no value if corrected.
7222     SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = true;
7223     while (!AmbiguousTypoExprs.empty()) {
7224       auto TE  = AmbiguousTypoExprs.back();
7225       auto Cached = TransformCache[TE];
7226       auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE);
7227       State.Consumer->saveCurrentPosition();
7228       TransformCache.erase(TE);
7229       if (!TryTransform(E).isInvalid()) {
7230         State.Consumer->resetCorrectionStream();
7231         TransformCache.erase(TE);
7232         Res = ExprError();
7233         break;
7234       }
7235       AmbiguousTypoExprs.remove(TE);
7236       State.Consumer->restoreSavedPosition();
7237       TransformCache[TE] = Cached;
7238     }
7239     SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = false;
7240 
7241     // Ensure that all of the TypoExprs within the current Expr have been found.
7242     if (!Res.isUsable())
7243       FindTypoExprs(TypoExprs).TraverseStmt(E);
7244 
7245     EmitAllDiagnostics();
7246 
7247     return Res;
7248   }
7249 
7250   ExprResult TransformTypoExpr(TypoExpr *E) {
7251     // If the TypoExpr hasn't been seen before, record it. Otherwise, return the
7252     // cached transformation result if there is one and the TypoExpr isn't the
7253     // first one that was encountered.
7254     auto &CacheEntry = TransformCache[E];
7255     if (!TypoExprs.insert(E) && !CacheEntry.isUnset()) {
7256       return CacheEntry;
7257     }
7258 
7259     auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(E);
7260     assert(State.Consumer && "Cannot transform a cleared TypoExpr");
7261 
7262     // For the first TypoExpr and an uncached TypoExpr, find the next likely
7263     // typo correction and return it.
7264     while (TypoCorrection TC = State.Consumer->getNextCorrection()) {
7265       if (InitDecl && TC.getFoundDecl() == InitDecl)
7266         continue;
7267       ExprResult NE = State.RecoveryHandler ?
7268           State.RecoveryHandler(SemaRef, E, TC) :
7269           attemptRecovery(SemaRef, *State.Consumer, TC);
7270       if (!NE.isInvalid()) {
7271         // Check whether there may be a second viable correction with the same
7272         // edit distance; if so, remember this TypoExpr may have an ambiguous
7273         // correction so it can be more thoroughly vetted later.
7274         TypoCorrection Next;
7275         if ((Next = State.Consumer->peekNextCorrection()) &&
7276             Next.getEditDistance(false) == TC.getEditDistance(false)) {
7277           AmbiguousTypoExprs.insert(E);
7278         } else {
7279           AmbiguousTypoExprs.remove(E);
7280         }
7281         assert(!NE.isUnset() &&
7282                "Typo was transformed into a valid-but-null ExprResult");
7283         return CacheEntry = NE;
7284       }
7285     }
7286     return CacheEntry = ExprError();
7287   }
7288 };
7289 }
7290 
7291 ExprResult
7292 Sema::CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Expr *E, VarDecl *InitDecl,
7293                                 llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter) {
7294   // If the current evaluation context indicates there are uncorrected typos
7295   // and the current expression isn't guaranteed to not have typos, try to
7296   // resolve any TypoExpr nodes that might be in the expression.
7297   if (E && !ExprEvalContexts.empty() && ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos &&
7298       (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent() ||
7299        E->isInstantiationDependent())) {
7300     auto TyposInContext = ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos;
7301     assert(TyposInContext < ~0U && "Recursive call of CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr");
7302     ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos = ~0U;
7303     auto TyposResolved = DelayedTypos.size();
7304     auto Result = TransformTypos(*this, InitDecl, Filter).Transform(E);
7305     ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos = TyposInContext;
7306     TyposResolved -= DelayedTypos.size();
7307     if (Result.isInvalid() || Result.get() != E) {
7308       ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos -= TyposResolved;
7309       return Result;
7310     }
7311     assert(TyposResolved == 0 && "Corrected typo but got same Expr back?");
7312   }
7313   return E;
7314 }
7315 
7316 ExprResult Sema::ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *FE, SourceLocation CC,
7317                                      bool DiscardedValue,
7318                                      bool IsConstexpr,
7319                                      bool IsLambdaInitCaptureInitializer) {
7320   ExprResult FullExpr = FE;
7321 
7322   if (!FullExpr.get())
7323     return ExprError();
7324 
7325   // If we are an init-expression in a lambdas init-capture, we should not
7326   // diagnose an unexpanded pack now (will be diagnosed once lambda-expr
7327   // containing full-expression is done).
7328   // template<class ... Ts> void test(Ts ... t) {
7329   //   test([&a(t)]() { <-- (t) is an init-expr that shouldn't be diagnosed now.
7330   //     return a;
7331   //   }() ...);
7332   // }
7333   // FIXME: This is a hack. It would be better if we pushed the lambda scope
7334   // when we parse the lambda introducer, and teach capturing (but not
7335   // unexpanded pack detection) to walk over LambdaScopeInfos which don't have a
7336   // corresponding class yet (that is, have LambdaScopeInfo either represent a
7337   // lambda where we've entered the introducer but not the body, or represent a
7338   // lambda where we've entered the body, depending on where the
7339   // parser/instantiation has got to).
7340   if (!IsLambdaInitCaptureInitializer &&
7341       DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(FullExpr.get()))
7342     return ExprError();
7343 
7344   // Top-level expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger.
7345   if (DiscardedValue && getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId &&
7346       FullExpr.get()->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
7347     FullExpr = forceUnknownAnyToType(FullExpr.get(), Context.getObjCIdType());
7348     if (FullExpr.isInvalid())
7349       return ExprError();
7350   }
7351 
7352   if (DiscardedValue) {
7353     FullExpr = CheckPlaceholderExpr(FullExpr.get());
7354     if (FullExpr.isInvalid())
7355       return ExprError();
7356 
7357     FullExpr = IgnoredValueConversions(FullExpr.get());
7358     if (FullExpr.isInvalid())
7359       return ExprError();
7360   }
7361 
7362   FullExpr = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(FullExpr.get());
7363   if (FullExpr.isInvalid())
7364     return ExprError();
7365 
7366   CheckCompletedExpr(FullExpr.get(), CC, IsConstexpr);
7367 
7368   // At the end of this full expression (which could be a deeply nested
7369   // lambda), if there is a potential capture within the nested lambda,
7370   // have the outer capture-able lambda try and capture it.
7371   // Consider the following code:
7372   // void f(int, int);
7373   // void f(const int&, double);
7374   // void foo() {
7375   //  const int x = 10, y = 20;
7376   //  auto L = [=](auto a) {
7377   //      auto M = [=](auto b) {
7378   //         f(x, b); <-- requires x to be captured by L and M
7379   //         f(y, a); <-- requires y to be captured by L, but not all Ms
7380   //      };
7381   //   };
7382   // }
7383 
7384   // FIXME: Also consider what happens for something like this that involves
7385   // the gnu-extension statement-expressions or even lambda-init-captures:
7386   //   void f() {
7387   //     const int n = 0;
7388   //     auto L =  [&](auto a) {
7389   //       +n + ({ 0; a; });
7390   //     };
7391   //   }
7392   //
7393   // Here, we see +n, and then the full-expression 0; ends, so we don't
7394   // capture n (and instead remove it from our list of potential captures),
7395   // and then the full-expression +n + ({ 0; }); ends, but it's too late
7396   // for us to see that we need to capture n after all.
7397 
7398   LambdaScopeInfo *const CurrentLSI =
7399       getCurLambda(/*IgnoreCapturedRegions=*/true);
7400   // FIXME: PR 17877 showed that getCurLambda() can return a valid pointer
7401   // even if CurContext is not a lambda call operator. Refer to that Bug Report
7402   // for an example of the code that might cause this asynchrony.
7403   // By ensuring we are in the context of a lambda's call operator
7404   // we can fix the bug (we only need to check whether we need to capture
7405   // if we are within a lambda's body); but per the comments in that
7406   // PR, a proper fix would entail :
7407   //   "Alternative suggestion:
7408   //   - Add to Sema an integer holding the smallest (outermost) scope
7409   //     index that we are *lexically* within, and save/restore/set to
7410   //     FunctionScopes.size() in InstantiatingTemplate's
7411   //     constructor/destructor.
7412   //  - Teach the handful of places that iterate over FunctionScopes to
7413   //    stop at the outermost enclosing lexical scope."
7414   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
7415   while (DC && isa<CapturedDecl>(DC))
7416     DC = DC->getParent();
7417   const bool IsInLambdaDeclContext = isLambdaCallOperator(DC);
7418   if (IsInLambdaDeclContext && CurrentLSI &&
7419       CurrentLSI->hasPotentialCaptures() && !FullExpr.isInvalid())
7420     CheckIfAnyEnclosingLambdasMustCaptureAnyPotentialCaptures(FE, CurrentLSI,
7421                                                               *this);
7422   return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(FullExpr);
7423 }
7424 
7425 StmtResult Sema::ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *FullStmt) {
7426   if (!FullStmt) return StmtError();
7427 
7428   return MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(FullStmt);
7429 }
7430 
7431 Sema::IfExistsResult
7432 Sema::CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S,
7433                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
7434                                    const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo) {
7435   DeclarationName TargetName = TargetNameInfo.getName();
7436   if (!TargetName)
7437     return IER_DoesNotExist;
7438 
7439   // If the name itself is dependent, then the result is dependent.
7440   if (TargetName.isDependentName())
7441     return IER_Dependent;
7442 
7443   // Do the redeclaration lookup in the current scope.
7444   LookupResult R(*this, TargetNameInfo, Sema::LookupAnyName,
7445                  Sema::NotForRedeclaration);
7446   LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS);
7447   R.suppressDiagnostics();
7448 
7449   switch (R.getResultKind()) {
7450   case LookupResult::Found:
7451   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
7452   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
7453   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
7454     return IER_Exists;
7455 
7456   case LookupResult::NotFound:
7457     return IER_DoesNotExist;
7458 
7459   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
7460     return IER_Dependent;
7461   }
7462 
7463   llvm_unreachable("Invalid LookupResult Kind!");
7464 }
7465 
7466 Sema::IfExistsResult
7467 Sema::CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
7468                                    bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
7469                                    UnqualifiedId &Name) {
7470   DeclarationNameInfo TargetNameInfo = GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Name);
7471 
7472   // Check for unexpanded parameter packs.
7473   SmallVector<UnexpandedParameterPack, 4> Unexpanded;
7474   collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(SS, Unexpanded);
7475   collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TargetNameInfo, Unexpanded);
7476   if (!Unexpanded.empty()) {
7477     DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(KeywordLoc,
7478                                      IsIfExists? UPPC_IfExists
7479                                                : UPPC_IfNotExists,
7480                                      Unexpanded);
7481     return IER_Error;
7482   }
7483 
7484   return CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(S, SS, TargetNameInfo);
7485 }
7486